Merge "Prepare for REL1_33 cut, labelling master as 1.34-alpha"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path of the skins directory.
198 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
199 * @since 1.3
200 */
201 $wgStylePath = false;
202 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
206 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
207 * @since 1.17
208 */
209 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
214 * @since 1.16
215 */
216 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * Filesystem extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.25
222 */
223 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
228 * @since 1.3
229 */
230 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
231
232 /**
233 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
234 * which is replaced by the article title.
235 *
236 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
237 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
238 */
239 $wgArticlePath = false;
240
241 /**
242 * The URL path for the images directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
244 */
245 $wgUploadPath = false;
246
247 /**
248 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
249 */
250 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
251
252 /**
253 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
254 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
255 */
256 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
257
258 /**
259 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
260 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
261 */
262 $wgLogo = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
266 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
267 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
268 *
269 * @par Example:
270 * @code
271 * $wgLogoHD = [
272 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
273 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
274 * ];
275 * @endcode
276 *
277 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
278 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
279 * be optimised for screen resolution.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
285 * ];
286 * @endcode
287 *
288 * @since 1.25
289 */
290 $wgLogoHD = false;
291
292 /**
293 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
294 * @since 1.6
295 */
296 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
297
298 /**
299 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
300 * Defaults to no icon.
301 * @since 1.12
302 */
303 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
304
305 /**
306 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
307 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
308 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
309 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
310 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
311 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
312 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
313 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
314 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
315 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
316 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
317 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
318 * understand it).
319 *
320 * @var array|string|bool
321 * @since 1.25
322 */
323 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
324
325 /**
326 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
327 * be web accessible.
328 *
329 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
330 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
331 * logic.
332 *
333 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
334 * variable.
335 *
336 * @see wfTempDir()
337 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
338 */
339 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
340
341 /**
342 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
343 * upload URL.
344 * @since 1.4
345 */
346 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
347
348 /**
349 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
350 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
351 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
352 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
353 * @since 1.17
354 */
355 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
356
357 /**
358 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
359 * plain page views, add to this array.
360 *
361 * @par Example:
362 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
363 * @code
364 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
365 * @endcode
366 *
367 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
368 * URLs.
369 * @since 1.5
370 */
371 $wgActionPaths = [];
372
373 /**@}*/
374
375 /************************************************************************//**
376 * @name Files and file uploads
377 * @{
378 */
379
380 /**
381 * Allow users to upload files.
382 *
383 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
384 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
385 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
386 *
387 * @since 1.5
388 */
389 $wgEnableUploads = false;
390
391 /**
392 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
393 */
394 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
395
396 /**
397 * Allows to move images and other media files
398 */
399 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
400
401 /**
402 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
403 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
404 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
405 *
406 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
407 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
408 */
409 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
413 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
414 *
415 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
416 * completeness.
417 */
418 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
419
420 /**
421 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
422 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
423 */
424 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
425
426 /**
427 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
428 */
429 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
430
431 /**
432 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
433 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
434 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
435 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
436 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
437 *
438 * Example:
439 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
440 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
441 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
442 *
443 * @see $wgFileBackends
444 */
445 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
446
447 /**
448 * File repository structures
449 *
450 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
451 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
452 * array of properties configuring the repository.
453 *
454 * Properties required for all repos:
455 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
456 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
457 *
458 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
459 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
460 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
461 *
462 * For most core repos:
463 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
464 * container : backend container name the zone is in
465 * directory : root path within container for the zone
466 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
467 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
468 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
469 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
470 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
471 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
472 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
473 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
474 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
475 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
476 * handler instead.
477 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
478 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
479 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
480 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
481 * - pathDisclosureProtection
482 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
483 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
484 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
485 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
486 * is 0644.
487 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
488 * some remote repos.
489 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
490 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
491 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
492 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
493 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
494 *
495 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
496 * for local repositories:
497 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
498 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
499 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
500 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
501 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
502 * on the local wiki.
503 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
504 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
505 *
506 * ForeignDBRepo:
507 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
508 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
509 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
510 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
511 * and accesible from, this wiki.
512 *
513 * ForeignAPIRepo:
514 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
515 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
516 *
517 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
518 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
519 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
520 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
521 * be searched after the local file repo.
522 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
523 *
524 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
525 */
526 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
530 *
531 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
532 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
533 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
534 *
535 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
536 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
537 *
538 * @since 1.11
539 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
540 */
541 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
542
543 /**
544 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
545 *
546 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
547 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
548 * default settings.
549 *
550 * @since 1.16
551 */
552 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
553
554 /**
555 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
556 *
557 * Uses the folowing variables:
558 *
559 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
560 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
561 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
562 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
563 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
564 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
565 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
566 *
567 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
568 * class, with also the following variables:
569 *
570 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
571 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
572 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
573 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
574 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
575 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
576 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
577 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
578 *
579 * @var bool
580 * @since 1.3
581 */
582 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
583
584 /**
585 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
586 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
587 *
588 * @var string
589 * @since 1.3
590 */
591 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
592
593 /**
594 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
595 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
596 *
597 * @var string
598 * @since 1.3
599 */
600 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
601
602 /**
603 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
604 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
605 *
606 * @var bool
607 * @since 1.3
608 */
609 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
610
611 /**
612 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
613 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
614 *
615 * @since 1.5
616 */
617 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
618
619 /**
620 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
621 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
622 *
623 * @var bool
624 * @since 1.5
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
630 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
631 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
632 *
633 * @var bool|string
634 * @since 1.4
635 */
636 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
637
638 /**
639 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
640 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
641 *
642 * @var string
643 * @since 1.5
644 */
645 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
646
647 /**
648 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
649 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
650 *
651 * @var bool
652 * @since 1.5
653 */
654 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
655
656 /**
657 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
658 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
659 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
660 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
661 *
662 * Example:
663 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
664 */
665 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
666
667 /**
668 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
669 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
670 *
671 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
672 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
673 *
674 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
675 */
676 $wgUploadDialog = [
677 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
678 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
679 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
680 'fields' => [
681 'description' => true,
682 'date' => false,
683 'categories' => false,
684 ],
685 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
686 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
687 'licensemessages' => [
688 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
689 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
691 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
692 'local' => 'generic-local',
693 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
694 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
696 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
697 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
698 ],
699 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
700 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
701 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
702 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
703 'comment' => [
704 'local' => '',
705 'foreign' => '',
706 ],
707 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
708 'format' => [
709 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
710 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
711 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
712 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
713 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
714 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
715 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
716 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
717 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
718 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
719 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
720 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
721 // * $TEXT - input by the user
722 'description' => '$TEXT',
723 'ownwork' => '',
724 'license' => '',
725 'uncategorized' => '',
726 ],
727 ];
728
729 /**
730 * File backend structure configuration.
731 *
732 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
733 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
734 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
735 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
736 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
737 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
738 *
739 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
740 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
741 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
742 *
743 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
744 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
745 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
746 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
747 *
748 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
749 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
750 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
751 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
752 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
753 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
754 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
755 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
756 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
757 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
758 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
759 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
760 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
761 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
762 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
763 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
764 */
765 $wgFileBackends = [];
766
767 /**
768 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
769 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
770 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
771 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
772 *
773 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
774 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
775 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
776 *
777 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
778 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
779 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
780 */
781 $wgLockManagers = [];
782
783 /**
784 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
785 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
786 *
787 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
788 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
789 * extensions" section of php.ini:
790 * @code{.ini}
791 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
792 * @endcode
793 */
794 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
795
796 /**
797 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
798 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
799 * Defaults to false.
800 */
801 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
805 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
806 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
807 */
808 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
809
810 /**
811 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
812 *
813 * @since 1.20
814 */
815 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
816
817 /**
818 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
819 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
820 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
823
824 /**
825 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
826 * @since 1.20
827 */
828 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
829
830 /**
831 * Different timeout for upload by url
832 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
833 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
834 * to default.
835 *
836 * @var int|bool
837 *
838 * @since 1.22
839 */
840 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
841
842 /**
843 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
844 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
845 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
846 * for non-specified types.
847 *
848 * @par Example:
849 * @code
850 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
851 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
852 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
853 * ];
854 * @endcode
855 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
856 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
857 */
858 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
859
860 /**
861 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
862 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
863 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
864 * @since 1.26
865 */
866 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
867
868 /**
869 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
870 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
871 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
872 *
873 * @par Example:
874 * @code
875 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
876 * @endcode
877 */
878 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
879
880 /**
881 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
883 * appended to it as appropriate.
884 */
885 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
889 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
890 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
891 * access to the thumbnail path.
892 *
893 * @par Example:
894 * @code
895 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
896 * @endcode
897 */
898 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
899
900 /**
901 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
902 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
903 *
904 * @var string
905 * @since 1.3
906 */
907 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
908
909 /**
910 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
911 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
912 *
913 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
914 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
915 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
916 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
917 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
918 *
919 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
920 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
921 */
922 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
923
924 /**
925 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
926 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
927 *
928 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
929 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
930 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
931 */
932 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
933
934 /**
935 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
936 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
937 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
938 */
939 $wgFileBlacklist = [
940 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
941 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
942 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
943 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
944 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
945 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
946 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
947 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
951 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
952 */
953 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
954 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
955 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
956 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
957 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
958 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
959 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
960 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
961 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
962 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
963 'application/x-msmetafile',
964 ];
965
966 /**
967 * Allow Java archive uploads.
968 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
969 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
970 */
971 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
972
973 /**
974 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
975 *
976 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
977 */
978 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
979
980 /**
981 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
982 * by $wgFileExtensions.
983 *
984 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
985 */
986 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
990 *
991 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
992 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
993 */
994 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
995
996 /**
997 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
998 */
999 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1000
1001 /**
1002 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1003 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1004 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1005 *
1006 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1007 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1008 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1009 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1010 */
1011 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1012 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1014 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1015 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1016 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1017 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1018 ];
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1022 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1023 *
1024 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1025 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1026 */
1027 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1031 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1032 */
1033 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1034 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1043 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1044 ];
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1048 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1049 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1050 *
1051 * @since 1.21
1052 */
1053 $wgContentHandlers = [
1054 // the usual case
1055 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1056 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1057 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1058 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1059 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1060 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1061 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1062 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1063 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1064 ];
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1068 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1069 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1070 */
1071 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1075 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1076 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1077 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1078 *
1079 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1080 */
1081 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1082
1083 /**
1084 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1085 */
1086 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1090 * @since 1.27
1091 */
1092 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1096 */
1097 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1101 */
1102 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1106 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1107 */
1108 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1112 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1113 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1114 *
1115 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1116 * @code
1117 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1118 * @endcode
1119 *
1120 * Leave as false to skip this.
1121 */
1122 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1126 *
1127 * @since 1.21
1128 */
1129 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1133 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1134 * at sharp edges.
1135 *
1136 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1137 *
1138 * Supported values:
1139 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1140 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1141 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1142 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1143 *
1144 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1145 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1146 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1147 *
1148 * @since 1.27
1149 */
1150 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1151
1152 /**
1153 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1154 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1155 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1156 *
1157 * @since 1.32
1158 */
1159 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1160
1161 /**
1162 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1163 * image formats.
1164 */
1165 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1169 *
1170 * @since 1.26
1171 */
1172 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1176 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1177 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1178 *
1179 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1180 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1181 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1182 */
1183 $wgSVGConverters = [
1184 'ImageMagick' =>
1185 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1186 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1188 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1189 . '$output $input',
1190 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1191 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1192 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1193 ];
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1199
1200 /**
1201 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1202 */
1203 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1204
1205 /**
1206 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1207 */
1208 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1212 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1213 */
1214 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1218 *
1219 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1220 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1221 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1222 *
1223 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1224 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1225 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1226 */
1227 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1228
1229 /**
1230 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1231 * page language), if available.
1232 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1233 * to specify text language.
1234 *
1235 * @since 1.33
1236 */
1237 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1241 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1242 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1243 *
1244 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1245 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1246 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1247 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1248 *
1249 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1250 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1251 */
1252 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1253
1254 /**
1255 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1256 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1257 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1258 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1259 */
1260 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1261
1262 /**
1263 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1264 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1265 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1266 *
1267 * @par Example:
1268 * @code
1269 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1270 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1271 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1272 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1273 * @endcode
1274 */
1275 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1279 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1280 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1281 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1282 */
1283 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1287 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1288 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1289 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1290 */
1291 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1292
1293 /**
1294 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1295 * output instead of showing an error message.
1296 *
1297 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1298 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1299 *
1300 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1301 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1302 * are logged to a file for review.
1303 */
1304 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1305
1306 /**
1307 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1308 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1309 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1310 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1311 * webserver(s).
1312 */
1313 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1317 */
1318 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1319
1320 /**
1321 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1322 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1323 * is available that can rotate.
1324 */
1325 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1329 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1330 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1331 */
1332 $wgAntivirus = null;
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1336 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1337 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1338 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1339 *
1340 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1341 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1342 *
1343 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1344 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1345 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1346 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1347 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1348 * path.
1349 *
1350 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1351 * function in SpecialUpload.
1352 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1353 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1354 * is not set.
1355 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1356 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1357 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1358 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1359 * no virus was found.
1360 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1361 * a virus.
1362 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1363 *
1364 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1365 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1366 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1367 */
1368 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1369
1370 # setup for clamav
1371 'clamav' => [
1372 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1373 'codemap' => [
1374 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1375 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1376 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1377 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1378 ],
1379 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1380 ],
1381 ];
1382
1383 /**
1384 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1385 */
1386 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1387
1388 /**
1389 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1390 */
1391 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1395 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1396 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1397 */
1398 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1399
1400 /**
1401 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1402 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1403 */
1404 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1405
1406 /**
1407 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1408 * the MIME type to standard output.
1409 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1410 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1411 *
1412 * @par Example:
1413 * @code
1414 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1415 * @endcode
1416 */
1417 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1421 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1422 * can be trusted.
1423 */
1424 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1428 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1429 */
1430 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1431 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1432 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1433 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1434 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1435 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1436 ];
1437
1438 /**
1439 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1440 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1441 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1442 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1443 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1444 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1445 */
1446 $wgImageLimits = [
1447 [ 320, 240 ],
1448 [ 640, 480 ],
1449 [ 800, 600 ],
1450 [ 1024, 768 ],
1451 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1452 ];
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1456 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1457 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1458 */
1459 $wgThumbLimits = [
1460 120,
1461 150,
1462 180,
1463 200,
1464 250,
1465 300
1466 ];
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1470 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1471 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1472 *
1473 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1474 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1475 * supports it.
1476 */
1477 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1478
1479 /**
1480 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1481 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1482 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1483 * following buckets:
1484 *
1485 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1486 *
1487 * and a distance of 50:
1488 *
1489 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1490 *
1491 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1492 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1493 */
1494 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1495
1496 /**
1497 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1498 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1499 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1500 *
1501 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1502 *
1503 * @since 1.25
1504 */
1505
1506 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1507
1508 /**
1509 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1510 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1511 *
1512 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1513 * thumbnail's URL.
1514 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1515 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1516 *
1517 * @since 1.25
1518 */
1519 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1523 *
1524 * @since 1.25
1525 */
1526 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1527
1528 /**
1529 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1530 * HTTP request to.
1531 *
1532 * @since 1.25
1533 */
1534 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1538 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1539 *
1540 * @since 1.26
1541 */
1542 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1546 * Fields are:
1547 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1548 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1549 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1550 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1551 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1552 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1553 * @deprecated since 1.28
1554 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1555 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1556 * - mode: Gallery mode
1557 */
1558 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1562 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1563 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1564 */
1565 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1569 */
1570 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1574 *
1575 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1576 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1577 */
1578 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * @name DJVU settings
1582 * @{
1583 */
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Path of the djvudump executable
1587 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1588 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1589 */
1590 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1594 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1595 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1596 */
1597 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1601 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1602 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1603 */
1604 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1608 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1609 *
1610 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1611 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1612 * the efficiency problem.
1613 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1614 *
1615 * @par Example:
1616 * @code
1617 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1618 * @endcode
1619 */
1620 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1621
1622 /**
1623 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1624 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1625 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1626 */
1627 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1628
1629 /**
1630 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1633
1634 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1635
1636 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1637
1638 /************************************************************************//**
1639 * @name Email settings
1640 * @{
1641 */
1642
1643 /**
1644 * Site admin email address.
1645 *
1646 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1647 */
1648 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1652 *
1653 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1654 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1655 *
1656 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1657 */
1658 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1662 *
1663 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1664 */
1665 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1666
1667 /**
1668 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1669 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1670 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1676 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1682 *
1683 * @since 1.30
1684 */
1685 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1689 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1690 *
1691 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1692 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1693 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1694 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1695 */
1696 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1700 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1701 */
1702 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1703
1704 /**
1705 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1706 */
1707 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1711 */
1712 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1716 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1717 */
1718 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1722 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1723 */
1724 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1725
1726 /**
1727 * SMTP Mode.
1728 *
1729 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1730 * Default to false or fill an array :
1731 *
1732 * @code
1733 * $wgSMTP = [
1734 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1735 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1736 * 'port' => '25',
1737 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1738 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1739 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1740 * ];
1741 * @endcode
1742 */
1743 $wgSMTP = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1747 */
1748 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1749
1750 /**
1751 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1752 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1753 */
1754 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1758 *
1759 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1760 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1761 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1762 *
1763 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1764 *
1765 * @var bool
1766 */
1767 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1768
1769 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1770 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1771 # enable or disable at their discretion
1772 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1773 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1777 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1778 * spam relay.
1779 */
1780 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1784 */
1785 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1789 * user talk page.
1790 *
1791 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1792 * preference set to true.
1793 */
1794 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1798 *
1799 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1800 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1801 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1802 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1803 *
1804 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1805 *
1806 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1807 *
1808 * @var bool
1809 */
1810 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1814 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1815 *
1816 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1817 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1818 *
1819 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1820 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1821 *
1822 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1823 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1824 */
1825 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1829 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1830 *
1831 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1832 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1833 */
1834 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1838 * match the limit on your mail server.
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1844 */
1845 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1849 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1850 */
1851 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1852
1853 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1854
1855 /************************************************************************//**
1856 * @name Database settings
1857 * @{
1858 */
1859
1860 /**
1861 * Database host name or IP address
1862 */
1863 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1867 */
1868 $wgDBport = 5432;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1872 */
1873 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Database username
1877 */
1878 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * Database user's password
1882 */
1883 $wgDBpassword = '';
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Database type
1887 */
1888 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1892 *
1893 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1894 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1895 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1896 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1897 */
1898 $wgDBssl = false;
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1902 *
1903 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1904 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1905 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1906 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1907 */
1908 $wgDBcompress = false;
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1912 */
1913 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1917 */
1918 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1919
1920 /**
1921 * Search type.
1922 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1923 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1924 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1925 */
1926 $wgSearchType = null;
1927
1928 /**
1929 * Alternative search types
1930 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1931 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1932 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1933 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1934 */
1935 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Table name prefix.
1939 * This should be alphanumeric, contain neither spaces nor hyphens, and end in "_"
1940 */
1941 $wgDBprefix = '';
1942
1943 /**
1944 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1945 */
1946 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1947
1948 /**
1949 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1950 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1951 * DBA has done his best job.
1952 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1953 */
1954 $wgSQLMode = '';
1955
1956 /**
1957 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1958 */
1959 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1960
1961 /**
1962 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1963 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1964 * @since 1.32
1965 */
1966 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1967
1968 /**
1969 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1970 */
1971 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1972
1973 /**
1974 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1975 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1976 * main database.
1977 *
1978 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1979 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1980 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1981 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1982 *
1983 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1984 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1985 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1986 *
1987 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1988 * $wgDBprefix.
1989 *
1990 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1991 * $wgDBmwschema.
1992 *
1993 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1994 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1995 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1996 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1997 */
1998 $wgSharedDB = null;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * @see $wgSharedDB
2002 */
2003 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2004
2005 /**
2006 * @see $wgSharedDB
2007 */
2008 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2009
2010 /**
2011 * @see $wgSharedDB
2012 * @since 1.23
2013 */
2014 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2015
2016 /**
2017 * Database load balancer
2018 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2019 * Fields are:
2020 * - host: Host name
2021 * - dbname: Default database name
2022 * - user: DB user
2023 * - password: DB password
2024 * - type: DB type
2025 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2026 *
2027 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2028 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2029 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2030 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2031 *
2032 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2033 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2034 *
2035 * - flags: bit field
2036 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2037 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2038 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2039 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2040 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2041 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2042 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2043 * if available
2044 *
2045 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2046 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2047 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2048 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2049 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2050 *
2051 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2052 * variable of the Database object.
2053 *
2054 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2055 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2056 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2057 *
2058 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2059 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2060 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2061 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2062 *
2063 * @code
2064 * SET @@read_only=1;
2065 * @endcode
2066 *
2067 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2068 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2069 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2070 */
2071 $wgDBservers = false;
2072
2073 /**
2074 * Load balancer factory configuration
2075 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2076 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2077 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2078 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2079 *
2080 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2081 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2082 */
2083 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2084
2085 /**
2086 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2087 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2088 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2089 * @since 1.27
2090 */
2091 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2092
2093 /**
2094 * File to log database errors to
2095 */
2096 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2097
2098 /**
2099 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2100 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2101 *
2102 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2103 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2104 *
2105 * @par Examples:
2106 * @code
2107 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2108 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2109 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2110 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2111 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2112 * @endcode
2113 *
2114 * @since 1.20
2115 */
2116 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2117
2118 /**
2119 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2120 *
2121 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2122 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2123 * block).
2124 *
2125 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2126 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2127 * connections.
2128 *
2129 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2130 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2131 * pooled.
2132 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2133 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2134 *
2135 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2136 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2137 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2138 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2139 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2140 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2141 *
2142 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2143 */
2144 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2148 *
2149 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2150 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2151 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2152 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2153 * - "<DB NAME>"
2154 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2155 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2156 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2157 * from these IDs.
2158 */
2159 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2163 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2164 * show a more obvious warning.
2165 */
2166 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2170 */
2171 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2175 */
2176 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2177
2178 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2179
2180 /************************************************************************//**
2181 * @name Text storage
2182 * @{
2183 */
2184
2185 /**
2186 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2187 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2188 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2189 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2190 */
2191 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * External stores allow including content
2195 * from non database sources following URL links.
2196 *
2197 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2198 * @code
2199 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2200 * @endcode
2201 *
2202 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2203 */
2204 $wgExternalStores = [];
2205
2206 /**
2207 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2208 *
2209 * @par Example:
2210 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2211 * @code
2212 * $wgExternalServers = [
2213 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2214 * ];
2215 * @endcode
2216 *
2217 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2218 * another class.
2219 */
2220 $wgExternalServers = [];
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2224 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2225 *
2226 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2227 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2228 *
2229 * @par Example:
2230 * @code
2231 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2232 * @endcode
2233 *
2234 * @var array
2235 */
2236 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2240 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2241 *
2242 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2243 */
2244 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2245
2246 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2247
2248 /************************************************************************//**
2249 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2250 * @{
2251 */
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Disable database-intensive features
2255 */
2256 $wgMiserMode = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2260 */
2261 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2265 */
2266 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2270 */
2271 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Enable slow parser functions
2275 */
2276 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Allow schema updates
2280 */
2281 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2285 */
2286 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2290 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2291 */
2292 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2293
2294 /**
2295 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2296 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2297 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2301
2302 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2303
2304 /************************************************************************//**
2305 * @name Cache settings
2306 * @{
2307 */
2308
2309 /**
2310 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2311 * from the web.
2312 *
2313 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2314 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2315 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2316 */
2317 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2318
2319 /**
2320 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2321 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2322 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2323 *
2324 * The options are:
2325 *
2326 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2327 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2328 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2329 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2330 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2331 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2332 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2333 *
2334 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2335 */
2336 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2337
2338 /**
2339 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2340 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2341 *
2342 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2343 */
2344 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2348 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2349 *
2350 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * The cache type for storing session data.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2363 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 *
2367 * @since 1.20
2368 */
2369 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2373 *
2374 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2375 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2376 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2377 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2378 *
2379 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2380 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2381 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2382 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2383 */
2384 $wgObjectCaches = [
2385 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2386 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2387
2388 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2389 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2390 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2391
2392 'db-replicated' => [
2393 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2394 'readFactory' => [
2395 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2396 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2397 ],
2398 'writeFactory' => [
2399 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2400 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2401 ],
2402 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2403 'reportDupes' => false
2404 ],
2405
2406 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2407 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2408 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2410 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2411 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2412 ];
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2416 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2417 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2418 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2419 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2420 *
2421 * The options are:
2422 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2423 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2424 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2425 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2426 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2427 * @since 1.26
2428 */
2429 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2433 *
2434 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2435 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2436 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2437 *
2438 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2439 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2440 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2441 * where log events are sent.
2442 *
2443 * @since 1.26
2444 */
2445 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2446 CACHE_NONE => [
2447 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2448 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2449 ]
2450 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2451 'memcached-php' => [
2452 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2453 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2454 ]
2455 */
2456 ];
2457
2458 /**
2459 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2460 *
2461 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2462 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2463 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2464 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2465 *
2466 * @var bool
2467 * @since 1.29
2468 */
2469 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2473 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2474 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2475 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2476 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2477 *
2478 * The options are:
2479 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2480 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2481 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2482 *
2483 * @since 1.26
2484 */
2485 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2486
2487 /**
2488 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2489 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2490 */
2491 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2492
2493 /**
2494 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2495 */
2496 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2500 *
2501 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2502 *
2503 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2504 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2505 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2506 * others' cookies.
2507 *
2508 * @since 1.27
2509 * @var string
2510 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2511 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2512 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2513 */
2514 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2515
2516 /**
2517 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2518 *
2519 * @since 1.28
2520 */
2521 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2522
2523 /**
2524 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2525 */
2526 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2527
2528 /**
2529 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2530 */
2531 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2532
2533 /**
2534 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2535 * requests.
2536 */
2537 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2538
2539 /**
2540 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2541 */
2542 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2546 *
2547 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2548 *
2549 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2550 *
2551 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2552 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2553 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2554 */
2555 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2559 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2560 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2561 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2562 */
2563 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2567 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2568 *
2569 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2570 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2571 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2572 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2573 * otherwise the database will be used.
2574 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2575 * store static arrays.
2576 *
2577 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2578 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2579 *
2580 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2581 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2582 * will be used.
2583 *
2584 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2585 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2586 */
2587 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2588 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2589 'store' => 'detect',
2590 'storeClass' => false,
2591 'storeDirectory' => false,
2592 'manualRecache' => false,
2593 ];
2594
2595 /**
2596 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2597 */
2598 $wgCachePages = true;
2599
2600 /**
2601 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2602 * client-side and server-side caching.
2603 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2604 * @verbatim
2605 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2606 * @endverbatim
2607 */
2608 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2609
2610 /**
2611 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2612 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2613 */
2614 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2615
2616 /**
2617 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2618 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2619 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2620 */
2621 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2625 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2626 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2627 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2628 */
2629 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2633 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2634 */
2635 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2636
2637 /**
2638 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2639 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2640 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2641 *
2642 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2643 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2644 * don't update as expected.
2645 */
2646 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2647
2648 /**
2649 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2650 */
2651 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2655 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2656 *
2657 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2658 */
2659 $wgUseGzip = false;
2660
2661 /**
2662 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2663 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2664 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2665 *
2666 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2667 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2668 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2669 */
2670 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2674 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2675 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2676 *
2677 * @par Example:
2678 * @code
2679 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2680 * @endcode
2681 *
2682 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2683 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2684 *
2685 * @var int|bool
2686 */
2687 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2688
2689 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2690
2691 /************************************************************************//**
2692 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2693 *
2694 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2695 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2696 *
2697 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2698 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2699 * more details.
2700 *
2701 * @{
2702 */
2703
2704 /**
2705 * Enable/disable CDN.
2706 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2707 */
2708 $wgUseSquid = false;
2709
2710 /**
2711 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2712 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2713 */
2714 $wgUseESI = false;
2715
2716 /**
2717 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2718 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2719 * @since 1.27
2720 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2721 */
2722 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2726 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2727 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2728 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2729 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2730 * HTTP redirects.
2731 */
2732 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2736 *
2737 * @par Example:
2738 * @code
2739 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2740 * @endcode
2741 */
2742 $wgInternalServer = false;
2743
2744 /**
2745 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2746 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2747 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2748 *
2749 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2750 */
2751 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2752
2753 /**
2754 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2755 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2756 * @since 1.27
2757 */
2758 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2759
2760 /**
2761 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2762 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2763 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2764 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2765 *
2766 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2767 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2768 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2769 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2770 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2771 *
2772 * @since 1.27
2773 */
2774 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2775
2776 /**
2777 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2778 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2779 * @since 1.27
2780 */
2781 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2785 *
2786 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2787 */
2788 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2789
2790 /**
2791 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2792 *
2793 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2794 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2795 *
2796 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2797 */
2798 $wgSquidServers = [];
2799
2800 /**
2801 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2802 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2803 * CIDR blocks.
2804 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2805 */
2806 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2810 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2811 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2812 *
2813 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2814 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2815 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2816 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2817 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2818 *
2819 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2820 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2821 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2822 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2823 * reverse).
2824 *
2825 * @since 1.21
2826 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2827 */
2828 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2832 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2833 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2834 *
2835 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2836 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2837 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2838 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2839 *
2840 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2841 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2842 * @code
2843 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2844 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2845 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2846 * 'port' => 4827,
2847 * ],
2848 * '' => [
2849 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2850 * 'port' => 4827,
2851 * ],
2852 * ];
2853 * @endcode
2854 *
2855 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2856 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2857 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2858 *
2859 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2860 * @code
2861 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2862 * '' => [
2863 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2864 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2865 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2866 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2867 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2868 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2869 * ],
2870 * ];
2871 * @endcode
2872 *
2873 * @since 1.22
2874 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2875 */
2876 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2877
2878 /**
2879 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2880 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2881 */
2882 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2883
2884 /**
2885 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2886 */
2887 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2888
2889 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2890
2891 /************************************************************************//**
2892 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2893 * @{
2894 */
2895
2896 /**
2897 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2898 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2899 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2900 *
2901 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2902 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2903 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2904 *
2905 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2906 * change it in their preferences.
2907 *
2908 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2909 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2910 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2911 */
2912 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2913
2914 /**
2915 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2916 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2917 */
2918 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2922 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2923 *
2924 * @par Example:
2925 * @code
2926 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2927 * @endcode
2928 */
2929 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2930
2931 /**
2932 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2933 */
2934 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2938 */
2939 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2940
2941 /**
2942 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2943 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2944 * Notes:
2945 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2946 * map.
2947 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2948 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2949 * this array.
2950 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2951 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2952 * the prefix in this array.
2953 */
2954 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2955
2956 /**
2957 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2958 */
2959 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2960
2961 /**
2962 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2963 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2964 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2965 *
2966 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2967 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2968 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2969 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2970 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2971 *
2972 * @since 1.29
2973 */
2974 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2975 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
2976 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2977 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2978
2979 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
2980 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2981 ];
2982
2983 /**
2984 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2985 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2986 *
2987 * @deprecated since 1.29
2988 */
2989 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2993 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2994 * set to "ar".
2995 *
2996 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2997 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2998 *
2999 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3000 */
3001 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3005 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3006 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3007 * support these characters.
3008 *
3009 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3010 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3011 *
3012 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3013 */
3014 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3018 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3019 * impact.
3020 *
3021 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3022 * details.
3023 *
3024 * @since 1.17
3025 */
3026 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3030 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3031 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3032 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3033 *
3034 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3035 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3036 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3037 */
3038 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3042 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3043 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3044 *
3045 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3046 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3047 * to remain viewable.
3048 *
3049 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3050 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3051 */
3052 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3056 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3057 */
3058 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3059
3060 /**
3061 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3062 * numerals in interface.
3063 */
3064 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3068 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3069 */
3070 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3074 */
3075 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3079 */
3080 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3081
3082 /**
3083 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3084 */
3085 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3086
3087 /**
3088 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3089 */
3090 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3091
3092 /**
3093 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3094 */
3095 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3099 * used to ease variant development work.
3100 */
3101 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3102
3103 /**
3104 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3105 *
3106 * @par Example:
3107 * @code
3108 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3109 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3110 * @endcode
3111 */
3112 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3116 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3117 * language variant.
3118 *
3119 * @par Example:
3120 * @code
3121 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3122 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3123 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3124 * @endcode
3125 *
3126 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3127 *
3128 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3129 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3130 */
3131 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3135 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3136 * customise these.
3137 */
3138 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3139
3140 /**
3141 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3142 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3143 *
3144 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3145 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3146 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3147 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3148 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3149 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3150 * the default behavior.
3151 *
3152 * @par Example:
3153 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3154 * portal:
3155 * @code
3156 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3157 * @endcode
3158 */
3159 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3163 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3164 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3165 *
3166 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3167 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3168 *
3169 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3170 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3171 *
3172 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3173 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3174 *
3175 * @par Examples:
3176 * @code
3177 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3178 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3179 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3180 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3181 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3182 * @endcode
3183 */
3184 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3188 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3189 *
3190 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3191 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3192 *
3193 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3194 */
3195 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3196
3197 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3198
3199 /*************************************************************************//**
3200 * @name Output format and skin settings
3201 * @{
3202 */
3203
3204 /**
3205 * The default Content-Type header.
3206 */
3207 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3208
3209 /**
3210 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3211 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3212 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3213 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3214 * @deprecated since 1.22
3215 */
3216 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3217
3218 /**
3219 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3220 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3221 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3222 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3223 * @deprecated since 1.22
3224 */
3225 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3226
3227 /**
3228 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3229 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3230 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3231 * to true by Setup.php.
3232 * @deprecated since 1.22
3233 */
3234 $wgHtml5 = true;
3235
3236 /**
3237 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3238 *
3239 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3240 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3241 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3242 * @since 1.16
3243 */
3244 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3248 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3249 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3250 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3251 * @since 1.24
3252 */
3253 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3254
3255 /**
3256 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3257 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3258 * stable and change has been communicated.
3259 * @since 1.24
3260 */
3261 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3262
3263 /**
3264 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3265 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3266 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3267 *
3268 * @since 1.28
3269 */
3270 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3274 *
3275 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3276 *
3277 * @par Example:
3278 * @code
3279 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3280 * @endcode
3281 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3282 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3283 *
3284 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3285 */
3286 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3290 *
3291 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3292 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3293 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3294 */
3295 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3299 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3300 */
3301 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3302
3303 /**
3304 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3305 *
3306 * @since 1.24
3307 */
3308 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3312 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3313 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3314 */
3315 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3316
3317 /**
3318 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3319 */
3320 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Allow user Javascript page?
3324 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3325 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3326 */
3327 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3328
3329 /**
3330 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3331 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3332 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3333 */
3334 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3338 *
3339 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3340 * are availabe to users.
3341 */
3342 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3343
3344 /**
3345 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3346 */
3347 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3348
3349 /**
3350 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3351 */
3352 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3353
3354 /**
3355 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3356 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3357 */
3358 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3359
3360 /**
3361 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3362 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3363 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3364 *
3365 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3366 *
3367 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3368 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3369 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3370 *
3371 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3372 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3373 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3374 * recommended.
3375 *
3376 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3377 * not just edit pages.
3378 */
3379 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3380
3381 /**
3382 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3383 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3384 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3385 * Options are:
3386 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3387 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3388 * - false: Allow all framing.
3389 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3390 */
3391 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3392
3393 /**
3394 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3395 */
3396 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3397
3398 /**
3399 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3400 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3401 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3402 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3403 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3404 *
3405 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3406 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3407 * a page.
3408 *
3409 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3410 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3411 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3412 * would still work.
3413 *
3414 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3415 *
3416 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3417 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3418 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3419 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3420 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3421 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3422 * fragment mode is used.
3423 *
3424 * @since 1.30
3425 */
3426 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3427
3428 /**
3429 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3430 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3431 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3432 * to 'html5'.
3433 *
3434 * @since 1.30
3435 */
3436 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3437
3438 /**
3439 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3440 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3441 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3442 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3443 *
3444 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3445 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3446 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3447 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3448 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3449 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3450 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3451 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3452 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3453 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3454 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3455 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3456 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3457 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3458 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3459 * not be outputted
3460 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3461 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3462 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3463 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3464 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3465 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3466 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3467 */
3468 $wgFooterIcons = [
3469 "copyright" => [
3470 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3471 ],
3472 "poweredby" => [
3473 "mediawiki" => [
3474 // Defaults to point at
3475 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3476 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3477 "src" => null,
3478 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3479 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3480 ]
3481 ],
3482 ];
3483
3484 /**
3485 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3486 * to create an account.
3487 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3488 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3489 */
3490 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3491
3492 /**
3493 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3494 */
3495 $wgEdititis = false;
3496
3497 /**
3498 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3499 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3500 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3501 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3502 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3503 *
3504 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3505 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3506 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3507 */
3508 $wgSend404Code = true;
3509
3510 /**
3511 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3512 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3513 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3514 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3515 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3516 *
3517 * @since 1.20
3518 */
3519 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3520
3521 /**
3522 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3523 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3524 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3525 * unconditionally.
3526 */
3527 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3528
3529 /**
3530 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3531 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3532 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3533 * the domain root.
3534 *
3535 * @since 1.25
3536 */
3537 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3538
3539 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3540
3541 /*************************************************************************//**
3542 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3543 * @{
3544 */
3545
3546 /**
3547 * Client-side resource modules.
3548 *
3549 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3550 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3551 *
3552 * @par Example:
3553 * @code
3554 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3555 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3556 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3557 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3558 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3559 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3560 * ];
3561 * @endcode
3562 */
3563 $wgResourceModules = [];
3564
3565 /**
3566 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3567 *
3568 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3569 * not be modified or disabled.
3570 *
3571 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3572 *
3573 * @par Example:
3574 * @code
3575 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3576 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3577 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3578 * ];
3579 *
3580 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3581 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3582 * ];
3583 * @endcode
3584 *
3585 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3586 *
3587 * @par Equivalent:
3588 * @code
3589 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3590 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3591 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3592 * 'skinStyles' => [
3593 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3594 * ],
3595 * ];
3596 * @endcode
3597 *
3598 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3599 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3600 *
3601 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3602 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3603 *
3604 * @par Example:
3605 * @code
3606 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3607 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3608 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3609 * 'skinStyles' => [
3610 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3611 * ],
3612 * ];
3613 * // Note the '+' character:
3614 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3615 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3616 * ];
3617 * @endcode
3618 *
3619 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3620 *
3621 * @par Equivalent:
3622 * @code
3623 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3624 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3625 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3626 * 'skinStyles' => [
3627 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3628 * 'foo' => [
3629 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3630 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3631 * ],
3632 * ],
3633 * ];
3634 * @endcode
3635 *
3636 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3637 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3638 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3639 *
3640 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3641 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3642 *
3643 * @par Example:
3644 * @code
3645 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3646 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3647 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3648 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3649 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3650 * ];
3651 * @endcode
3652 */
3653 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3654
3655 /**
3656 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3657 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3658 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3659 *
3660 * @par Example:
3661 * @code
3662 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3663 * @endcode
3664 */
3665 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3666
3667 /**
3668 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3669 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3670 */
3671 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3672
3673 /**
3674 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3675 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3676 *
3677 * Following options to distinguish:
3678 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3679 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3680 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3681 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3682 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3683 *
3684 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3685 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3686 * client and MediaWiki.
3687 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3688 */
3689 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3690 'versioned' => [
3691 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3692 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3693 ],
3694 'unversioned' => [
3695 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3696 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3697 ],
3698 ];
3699
3700 /**
3701 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3702 *
3703 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3704 */
3705 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3706
3707 /**
3708 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3709 *
3710 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3711 */
3712 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3713
3714 /**
3715 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3716 *
3717 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3718 * work.
3719 *
3720 * @par Example of legacy code:
3721 * @code{,js}
3722 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3723 * @endcode
3724 * or:
3725 * @code{,js}
3726 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3727 * @endcode
3728 *
3729 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3730 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3731 * @code{,js}
3732 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3733 * @endcode
3734 * or:
3735 * @code{,js}
3736 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3737 * @endcode
3738 */
3739 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3740
3741 /**
3742 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3743 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3744 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3745 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3746 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3747 * that you can't increase.
3748 *
3749 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3750 * string length limit.
3751 *
3752 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3753 */
3754 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3755
3756 /**
3757 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3758 * prior to minification to validate it.
3759 *
3760 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3761 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3762 */
3763 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3764
3765 /**
3766 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3767 *
3768 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3769 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3770 *
3771 * @since 1.32
3772 */
3773 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3774
3775 /**
3776 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3777 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3778 */
3779 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3780
3781 /**
3782 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3783 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3784 *
3785 * @since 1.23
3786 */
3787 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3791 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3792 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3793 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3794 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3795 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3796 * from the rest of the site.
3797 *
3798 * @since 1.25
3799 */
3800 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3801
3802 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3803
3804 /*************************************************************************//**
3805 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3806 * @{
3807 */
3808
3809 /**
3810 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3811 * used instead.
3812 */
3813 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3814
3815 /**
3816 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3817 *
3818 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3819 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3820 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3821 */
3822 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3823
3824 /**
3825 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3826 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3827 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3828 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3829 * hook or extension.json.
3830 *
3831 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3832 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3833 * the new namespace name.
3834 *
3835 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3836 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3837 *
3838 * @par Example:
3839 * @code
3840 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3841 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3842 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3843 * 102 => "Aide",
3844 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3845 * ];
3846 * @endcode
3847 *
3848 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3849 */
3850 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3854 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3855 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3856 * @since 1.18
3857 */
3858 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Namespace aliases.
3862 *
3863 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3864 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3865 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3866 * name.
3867 *
3868 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3869 *
3870 * @par Example:
3871 * @code
3872 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3873 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3874 * 'Help' => 100,
3875 * ];
3876 * @endcode
3877 */
3878 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3879
3880 /**
3881 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3882 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3883 *
3884 * Problematic punctuation:
3885 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3886 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3887 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3888 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3889 * corrupted by apache
3890 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3891 *
3892 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3893 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3894 *
3895 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3896 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3897 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3898 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3899 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3900 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3901 *
3902 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3903 */
3904 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3905
3906 /**
3907 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3908 *
3909 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3910 */
3911 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3912
3913 /**
3914 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3915 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3916 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3917 *
3918 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3919 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3920 */
3921 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3922
3923 /**
3924 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3925 */
3926 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3927
3928 /**
3929 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3930 * @{
3931 */
3932
3933 /**
3934 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3935 * database (.cdb) file.
3936 *
3937 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3938 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3939 * formats such as the following:
3940 *
3941 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3942 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3943 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3944 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3945 *
3946 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3947 * data layout.
3948 *
3949 * @var bool|array|string
3950 */
3951 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3952
3953 /**
3954 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3955 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3956 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3957 * - 3: site levels
3958 */
3959 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3960
3961 /**
3962 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3963 */
3964 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3965
3966 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3967
3968 /**
3969 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3970 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3971 * as 'redirected from' links.
3972 *
3973 * @par Example:
3974 * It might look something like this:
3975 * @code
3976 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3977 * @endcode
3978 *
3979 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3980 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3981 * the URL.
3982 */
3983 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3984
3985 /**
3986 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3987 *
3988 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3989 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3990 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3991 */
3992 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3993
3994 /**
3995 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
3996 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
3997 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
3998 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
3999 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4000 * from NS_FILE.
4001 *
4002 * @par Example:
4003 * @code
4004 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4005 * @endcode
4006 */
4007 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4008
4009 /**
4010 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4011 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4012 */
4013 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4014 NS_TALK => true,
4015 NS_USER => true,
4016 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4017 NS_PROJECT => true,
4018 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4019 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4020 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4021 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4022 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4023 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4024 NS_HELP => true,
4025 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4026 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4027 ];
4028
4029 /**
4030 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4031 *
4032 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4033 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4034 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4035 *
4036 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4037 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4038 *
4039 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4040 * the new extension registration system.
4041 *
4042 * @since 1.23
4043 */
4044 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4045
4046 /**
4047 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4048 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4049 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4050 * number of articles in the wiki.
4051 */
4052 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4053
4054 /**
4055 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4056 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4057 * be shown on that page.
4058 * @since 1.30
4059 */
4060 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4061
4062 /**
4063 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4064 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4065 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4066 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4067 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4068 */
4069 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4070
4071 /**
4072 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4073 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4074 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4075 */
4076 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4077
4078 /**
4079 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4080 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4081 * will make the redirect fail.
4082 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4083 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4084 *
4085 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4086 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4087 */
4088 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4089
4090 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4091
4092 /************************************************************************//**
4093 * @name Parser settings
4094 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4095 * @{
4096 */
4097
4098 /**
4099 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4100 *
4101 * class The class name
4102 *
4103 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4104 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4105 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4106 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4107 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4108 *
4109 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4110 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4111 *
4112 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4113 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4114 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4115 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4116 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4117 * an extension setup function.
4118 */
4119 $wgParserConf = [
4120 'class' => Parser::class,
4121 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4122 ];
4123
4124 /**
4125 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4126 */
4127 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4128
4129 /**
4130 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4131 * by PPFrame::expand()
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4137 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4138 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4139 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4140 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4141 *
4142 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4143 */
4144 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4145
4146 /**
4147 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4148 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4149 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4150 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4151 */
4152 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4153
4154 /**
4155 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4156 */
4157 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4158
4159 /**
4160 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4161 *
4162 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4163 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4164 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4165 * more information.
4166 *
4167 * @see wfParseUrl
4168 */
4169 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4170 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4171 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4172 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4173 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4174 ];
4175
4176 /**
4177 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4178 */
4179 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4180
4181 /**
4182 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4183 */
4184 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4185
4186 /**
4187 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4188 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4189 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4190 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4191 *
4192 * @par Examples:
4193 * @code
4194 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4195 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4196 * @endcode
4197 */
4198 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4199
4200 /**
4201 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4202 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4203 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4204 * The image will be displayed.
4205 *
4206 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4207 * Or false to disable it
4208 *
4209 * @since 1.14
4210 */
4211 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4215 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4216 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4217 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4218 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4219 * sites they control.
4220 */
4221 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4222
4223 /**
4224 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4225 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4226 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4227 *
4228 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4229 *
4230 * Keys include:
4231 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4232 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4233 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4234 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4235 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4236 *
4237 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4238 *
4239 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4240 * production.
4241 */
4242 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4243
4244 /**
4245 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4246 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4247 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4248 */
4249 $wgRawHtml = false;
4250
4251 /**
4252 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4253 *
4254 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4255 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4256 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4257 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4258 * to some of your users.
4259 */
4260 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4261
4262 /**
4263 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4264 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4265 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4266 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4267 */
4268 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4272 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4273 */
4274 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4275
4276 /**
4277 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4278 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4279 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4280 *
4281 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4282 *
4283 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4284 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4285 * etc.
4286 *
4287 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4288 */
4289 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4290
4291 /**
4292 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4293 */
4294 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4295
4296 /**
4297 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4298 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4299 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4300 */
4301 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4305 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4306 */
4307 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4308
4309 /**
4310 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4311 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4312 */
4313 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4317 */
4318 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4322 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4323 */
4324 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4325
4326 /**
4327 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4328 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4329 *
4330 * @since 1.28
4331 */
4332 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4333 'ISBN' => false,
4334 'PMID' => false,
4335 'RFC' => false
4336 ];
4337
4338 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4339
4340 /************************************************************************//**
4341 * @name Statistics
4342 * @{
4343 */
4344
4345 /**
4346 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4347 * as a valid article.
4348 *
4349 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4350 *
4351 * This variable can have the following values:
4352 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4353 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4354 *
4355 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4356 *
4357 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4358 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4359 * script.
4360 */
4361 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4362
4363 /**
4364 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4365 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4366 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4367 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4368 * numbers between different wikis.
4369 */
4370 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4371
4372 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4373
4374 /************************************************************************//**
4375 * @name User accounts, authentication
4376 * @{
4377 */
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Central ID lookup providers
4381 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4382 * @since 1.27
4383 */
4384 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4385 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4386 ];
4387
4388 /**
4389 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4390 * @var string
4391 */
4392 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4393
4394 /**
4395 * Password policy for the wiki.
4396 * Structured as
4397 * [
4398 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4399 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4400 * ]
4401 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4402 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4403 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4404 * of options with the following keys:
4405 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4406 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4407 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4408 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4409 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4410 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4411 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4412 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4413 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4414 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4415 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4416 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4417 *
4418 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4419 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4420 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4421 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4422 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4423 *
4424 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4425 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4426 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4427 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4428 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4429 *
4430 * The checks supported by core are:
4431 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4432 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4433 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4434 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4435 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4436 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4437 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4438 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4439 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4440 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4441 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4442 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4443 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4444 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4445 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4446 * is a probabilistic test.
4447 *
4448 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4449 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4450 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4451 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4452 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4453 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4454 *
4455 * @since 1.26
4456 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4457 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4458 */
4459 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4460 'policies' => [
4461 'bureaucrat' => [
4462 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4463 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4464 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4465 ],
4466 'sysop' => [
4467 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4468 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4469 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4470 ],
4471 'interface-admin' => [
4472 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4473 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4474 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4475 ],
4476 'bot' => [
4477 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4478 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4479 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4480 ],
4481 'default' => [
4482 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4483 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4484 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4485 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4486 ],
4487 ],
4488 'checks' => [
4489 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4490 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4491 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4492 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4493 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4494 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4495 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4496 ],
4497 ];
4498
4499 /**
4500 * Configure AuthManager
4501 *
4502 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4503 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4504 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4505 * (default is 0).
4506 *
4507 * Elements are:
4508 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4509 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4510 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4511 *
4512 * @since 1.27
4513 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4514 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4515 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4516 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4517 */
4518 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4519
4520 /**
4521 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4522 * @since 1.27
4523 */
4524 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4525 'preauth' => [
4526 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4527 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4528 'sort' => 0,
4529 ],
4530 ],
4531 'primaryauth' => [
4532 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4533 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4534 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4535 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4536 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4537 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4538 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'args' => [ [
4542 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4543 'authoritative' => false,
4544 ] ],
4545 'sort' => 0,
4546 ],
4547 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4548 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4549 'args' => [ [
4550 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4551 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4552 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4553 // password") if it too fails.
4554 'authoritative' => true,
4555 ] ],
4556 'sort' => 100,
4557 ],
4558 ],
4559 'secondaryauth' => [
4560 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4561 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4562 'sort' => 0,
4563 ],
4564 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4565 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4566 'sort' => 100,
4567 ],
4568 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4569 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 // 'sort' => 100,
4572 // ],
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 200,
4576 ],
4577 ],
4578 ];
4579
4580 /**
4581 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4582 *
4583 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4584 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4585 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4586 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4587 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4588 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4589 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4590 * that needs to do this.
4591 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4592 * the last X seconds.
4593 * - Come up with a third option.
4594 *
4595 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4596 * "X seconds".
4597 *
4598 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4599 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4600 * - LinkAccounts
4601 * - UnlinkAccount
4602 * - ChangeCredentials
4603 * - RemoveCredentials
4604 * - ChangeEmail
4605 *
4606 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4607 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4608 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4609 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4610 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4611 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4612 *
4613 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4614 *
4615 * @since 1.27
4616 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4617 */
4618 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4619 'default' => 300,
4620 ];
4621
4622 /**
4623 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4624 *
4625 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4626 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4627 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4628 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4629 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4630 *
4631 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4632 *
4633 * @since 1.27
4634 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4635 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4636 */
4637 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4638 'default' => true,
4639 ];
4640
4641 /**
4642 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4643 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4644 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4645 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4646 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4647 * @since 1.27
4648 * @var string[]
4649 */
4650 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4651 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4652 ];
4653
4654 /**
4655 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4656 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4657 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4658 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4659 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4660 * @since 1.27
4661 * @var string[]
4662 */
4663 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4664 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4665 ];
4666
4667 /**
4668 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4669 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4670 */
4671 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4672
4673 /**
4674 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4675 * words are allowed.
4676 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4677 */
4678 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4679
4680 /**
4681 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4682 *
4683 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4684 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4685 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4686 *
4687 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4688 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4689 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4690 */
4691 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4692
4693 /**
4694 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4695 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4696 * @since 1.23
4697 */
4698 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4699
4700 /**
4701 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4702 *
4703 * @since 1.24
4704 */
4705 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4706
4707 /**
4708 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4709 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4710 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4711 *
4712 * An advanced example:
4713 * @code
4714 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4715 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4716 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4717 * 'secrets' => [
4718 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4719 * ],
4720 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4721 * ];
4722 * @endcode
4723 *
4724 * @since 1.24
4725 */
4726 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4727 'A' => [
4728 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4729 ],
4730 'B' => [
4731 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4732 ],
4733 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4734 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4735 'types' => [
4736 'A',
4737 'pbkdf2',
4738 ],
4739 ],
4740 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4741 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4742 'types' => [
4743 'B',
4744 'pbkdf2',
4745 ],
4746 ],
4747 'bcrypt' => [
4748 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4749 'cost' => 9,
4750 ],
4751 'pbkdf2' => [
4752 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4753 'algo' => 'sha512',
4754 'cost' => '30000',
4755 'length' => '64',
4756 ],
4757 'argon2' => [
4758 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4759
4760 // Algorithm used:
4761 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4762 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4763 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4764 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4765 // older versions might would not understand.
4766 'algo' => 'auto',
4767
4768 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4769 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4770 //
4771 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4772 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4773 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4774 ],
4775 ];
4776
4777 /**
4778 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4779 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4780 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4781 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4782 */
4783 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4784 'username' => true,
4785 'email' => true,
4786 ];
4787
4788 /**
4789 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4790 */
4791 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4792
4793 /**
4794 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4795 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4796 */
4797 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4798
4799 /**
4800 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4801 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4802 */
4803 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4804 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4805 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4806 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4807 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4808 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4809 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4810 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4811 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4812 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4813 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4814 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4815 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4816 ];
4817
4818 /**
4819 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4820 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4821 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4822 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4823 */
4824 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4825 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4826 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4827 'date' => 'default',
4828 'diffonly' => 0,
4829 'disablemail' => 0,
4830 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4831 'editondblclick' => 0,
4832 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4833 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4834 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4835 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4836 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4837 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4838 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4839 'fancysig' => 0,
4840 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4841 'gender' => 'unknown',
4842 'hideminor' => 0,
4843 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4844 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4845 'imagesize' => 2,
4846 'minordefault' => 0,
4847 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4848 'nickname' => '',
4849 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4850 'numberheadings' => 0,
4851 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4852 'previewontop' => 1,
4853 'rcdays' => 7,
4854 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4855 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4856 'rclimit' => 50,
4857 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4858 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4859 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4860 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4861 'skin' => false,
4862 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4863 'thumbsize' => 5,
4864 'underline' => 2,
4865 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4866 'usenewrc' => 1,
4867 'watchcreations' => 1,
4868 'watchdefault' => 1,
4869 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4870 'watchuploads' => 1,
4871 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4872 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4873 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4874 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4875 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4876 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4877 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4878 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4879 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4880 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4881 'watchmoves' => 0,
4882 'watchrollback' => 0,
4883 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4884 'wllimit' => 250,
4885 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4886 'prefershttps' => 1,
4887 ];
4888
4889 /**
4890 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4891 */
4892 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4893
4894 /**
4895 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4896 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4897 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4898 */
4899 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4900
4901 /**
4902 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4903 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4904 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4905 *
4906 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4907 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4908 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4909 */
4910 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4911
4912 /**
4913 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4914 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4915 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4916 * @since 1.17
4917 */
4918 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4919
4920 /**
4921 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4922 *
4923 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4924 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4925 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4926 *
4927 * @since 1.27
4928 * @var string|null
4929 */
4930 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4931
4932 /**
4933 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4934 *
4935 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4936 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4937 *
4938 * @since 1.27
4939 */
4940 $wgSessionProviders = [
4941 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4942 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4943 'args' => [ [
4944 'priority' => 30,
4945 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4946 ] ],
4947 ],
4948 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4949 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4950 'args' => [ [
4951 'priority' => 75,
4952 ] ],
4953 ],
4954 ];
4955
4956 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4957
4958 /************************************************************************//**
4959 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4960 * @{
4961 */
4962
4963 /**
4964 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4965 */
4966 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4967
4968 /**
4969 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4970 *
4971 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
4972 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
4973 * restrictions.
4974 */
4975 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4979 */
4980 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4981
4982 /**
4983 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4984 *
4985 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4986 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4987 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4988 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4989 *
4990 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4991 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4992 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4993 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4994 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4995 */
4996 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4997 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4998 'IPv6' => 19,
4999 ];
5000
5001 /**
5002 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5003 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5004 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5005 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5006 * anonymous visitors.
5007 */
5008 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5012 *
5013 * @par Example:
5014 * @code
5015 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5016 * @endcode
5017 *
5018 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5019 *
5020 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5021 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5022 *
5023 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5024 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5025 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5026 *
5027 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5028 * hook instead.
5029 */
5030 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5031
5032 /**
5033 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5034 *
5035 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5036 * is without underscore.
5037 *
5038 * @par Example:
5039 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5040 * @code
5041 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5042 * @endcode
5043 *
5044 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5045 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5046 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5047 *
5048 * @par Example:
5049 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5050 * @code
5051 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5052 * @endcode
5053 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5054 *
5055 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5056 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5057 */
5058 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5059
5060 /**
5061 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5062 * address before being allowed to edit?
5063 */
5064 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5065
5066 /**
5067 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5068 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5069 */
5070 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5071
5072 /**
5073 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5074 *
5075 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5076 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5077 *
5078 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5079 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5080 *
5081 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5082 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5083 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5084 * in in the user_groups table.
5085 *
5086 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5087 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5088 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5089 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5090 *
5091 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5092 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5093 *
5094 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5095 */
5096 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5097
5098 /** @cond file_level_code */
5099 // Implicit group for all visitors
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5111 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5112
5113 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5136
5137 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5140
5141 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5142 // from various log pages by default
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5151
5152 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5156 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5158 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5160 // can view deleted revision text
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5192 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5193 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5197
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5205
5206 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5209 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5211 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5213
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5216 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5218 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5220 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5222 // For private suppression log access
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5224
5225 /**
5226 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5227 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5228 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5229 * server.
5230 */
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5232
5233 /** @endcond */
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5237 *
5238 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5239 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5240 *
5241 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5242 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5243 */
5244 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5245
5246 /**
5247 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5248 */
5249 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5250
5251 /**
5252 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5253 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5254 *
5255 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5256 * group".
5257 *
5258 * @par Example:
5259 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5260 * @code
5261 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5262 * @endcode
5263 *
5264 * @par Example:
5265 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5266 * @code
5267 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5268 * @endcode
5269 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5270 * any group that they happen to be in.
5271 */
5272 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5276 */
5277 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5281 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5282 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5283 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5284 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5285 */
5286 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5290 *
5291 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5292 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5293 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5294 *
5295 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5296 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5297 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5298 */
5299 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5300
5301 /**
5302 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5303 *
5304 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5305 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5306 *
5307 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5308 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5309 */
5310 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5314 *
5315 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5316 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5317 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5318 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5319 * "semiprotected".
5320 *
5321 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5322 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5323 */
5324 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5328 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5329 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5330 *
5331 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5332 */
5333 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5337 *
5338 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5339 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5340 *
5341 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5342 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5343 */
5344 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5348 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5349 * privileges of new accounts.
5350 *
5351 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5352 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5353 *
5354 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5355 *
5356 * @par Example:
5357 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Set age to one day:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5364 * @endcode
5365 */
5366 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5367
5368 /**
5369 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5370 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5371 *
5372 * @par Example:
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5375 * @endcode
5376 */
5377 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5378
5379 /**
5380 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5381 *
5382 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5383 *
5384 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5385 * 'groupname' => cond,
5386 * 'group2' => cond2,
5387 * );
5388 *
5389 * A `cond` may be:
5390 * - a single condition without arguments:
5391 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5392 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5393 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5394 * - a single condition with arguments:
5395 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5396 * - a set of conditions:
5397 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5398 *
5399 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5400 * - `&` (**AND**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5402 * - `|` (**OR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5404 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5405 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5406 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5407 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5408 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5409 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5410 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5411 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5412 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5413 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5414 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5415 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5416 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5417 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5418 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5419 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5420 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5421 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5422 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5423 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5425 * true if the user is blocked
5426 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5427 * true if the user is a bot
5428 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5429 *
5430 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5431 * linked by operands.
5432 *
5433 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5434 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5435 */
5436 $wgAutopromote = [
5437 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5438 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5439 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5440 ],
5441 ];
5442
5443 /**
5444 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5445 *
5446 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5447 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5448 *
5449 * The format is:
5450 * @code
5451 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5452 * @endcode
5453 * Where event is either:
5454 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5455 *
5456 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5457 *
5458 * @see $wgAutopromote
5459 * @since 1.18
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5462 'onEdit' => [],
5463 ];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5467 * @since 1.18
5468 */
5469 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5470
5471 /**
5472 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5473 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5474 *
5475 * @par Example:
5476 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Sysops can make bots:
5485 * @code
5486 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5487 * @endcode
5488 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5491 * @endcode
5492 */
5493 $wgAddGroups = [];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * @see $wgAddGroups
5497 */
5498 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5499
5500 /**
5501 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5502 * For extensions only.
5503 */
5504 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5508 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5509 */
5510 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5511
5512 /**
5513 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5514 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5515 */
5516 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5517
5518 /**
5519 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5520 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5521 * This is limited for performance reason.
5522 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5523 * @since 1.23
5524 */
5525 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5526
5527 /**
5528 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5529 *
5530 * @par Example:
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5533 * // no more than 100 per month
5534 * [
5535 * 'count' => 100,
5536 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5537 * ],
5538 * // no more than 10 per day
5539 * [
5540 * 'count' => 10,
5541 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5542 * ],
5543 * ];
5544 * @endcode
5545 *
5546 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5547 */
5548 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5549 'count' => 0,
5550 'seconds' => 86400,
5551 ] ];
5552
5553 /**
5554 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5555 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5556 *
5557 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5558 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5559 *
5560 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5561 *
5562 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5563 */
5564 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5565
5566 /**
5567 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5568 */
5569 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5570
5571 /**
5572 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5573 * proxies
5574 * @since 1.16
5575 */
5576 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5577
5578 /**
5579 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5580 *
5581 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5582 * the blacklist require a key).
5583 *
5584 * @par Example:
5585 * @code
5586 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5587 * // String containing URL
5588 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5589 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5590 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5591 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5592 * // just use a string as shown above
5593 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5594 * ];
5595 * @endcode
5596 *
5597 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5598 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5599 * @since 1.16
5600 */
5601 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5605 * what the other methods might say.
5606 */
5607 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5608
5609 /**
5610 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5611 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5612 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5613 * @since 1.29
5614 * @var string[]
5615 */
5616 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5617
5618 /**
5619 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5620 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5621 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5622 */
5623 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5624
5625 /**
5626 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5627 *
5628 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5629 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5630 * elapses.
5631 *
5632 * @par Example:
5633 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5634 * @code
5635 * $wgRateLimits = [
5636 * 'edit' => [
5637 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5638 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5639 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5640 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5641 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5642 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5643 * ]
5644 * ];
5645 * @endcode
5646 *
5647 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5648 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5649 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5650 * @code
5651 * $wgRateLimits = [
5652 * 'some-action' => [
5653 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5654 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5655 * ];
5656 * @endcode
5657 *
5658 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5659 */
5660 $wgRateLimits = [
5661 // Page edits
5662 'edit' => [
5663 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5664 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5665 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5666 ],
5667 // Page moves
5668 'move' => [
5669 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5670 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5671 ],
5672 // File uploads
5673 'upload' => [
5674 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5675 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5676 ],
5677 // Page rollbacks
5678 'rollback' => [
5679 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5680 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5681 ],
5682 // Triggering password resets emails
5683 'mailpassword' => [
5684 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5685 ],
5686 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5687 'emailuser' => [
5688 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5689 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5690 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5691 ],
5692 // Purging pages
5693 'purge' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5695 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5696 ],
5697 // Purges of link tables
5698 'linkpurge' => [
5699 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5700 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5701 ],
5702 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5703 'renderfile' => [
5704 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5705 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5706 ],
5707 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5708 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5709 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5710 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5711 ],
5712 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5713 'stashedit' => [
5714 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5715 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5716 ],
5717 // Adding or removing change tags
5718 'changetag' => [
5719 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5720 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5721 ],
5722 // Changing the content model of a page
5723 'editcontentmodel' => [
5724 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5725 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5726 ],
5727 ];
5728
5729 /**
5730 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5731 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5732 */
5733 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5734
5735 /**
5736 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5737 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5738 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5739 */
5740 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5741
5742 /**
5743 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5744 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5745 */
5746 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5747
5748 /**
5749 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5750 *
5751 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5752 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5753 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5754 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5755 *
5756 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5757 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5758 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5759 */
5760 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5761 // Short term limit
5762 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5763 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5764 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5765 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5766 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5767 ];
5768
5769 /**
5770 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5771 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5772 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5773 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5774 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5775 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5776 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5777 * @since 1.27
5778 */
5779 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5780
5781 // @TODO: clean up grants
5782 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5783
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5794
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5799
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5804
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5807
5808 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5813
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5816
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5838
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5866
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5881
5882 /**
5883 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5884 * @since 1.27
5885 */
5886 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5887 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5888 'basic' => 'hidden',
5889
5890 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5891 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5892 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5893 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5894
5895 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5896 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5897
5898 'sendemail' => 'email',
5899
5900 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5901 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5902
5903 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5904 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5905
5906 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5907 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5908 'rollback' => 'administration',
5909 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5910 'delete' => 'administration',
5911 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5912 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5913 'protect' => 'administration',
5914 'oversight' => 'administration',
5915 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5916
5917 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5918
5919 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5920 ];
5921
5922 /**
5923 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5924 * @since 1.27
5925 */
5926 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5927
5928 /**
5929 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5930 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5931 * @since 1.27
5932 */
5933 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5934
5935 /**
5936 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5937 *
5938 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5939 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5940 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5941 * @since 1.27
5942 */
5943 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5944
5945 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5946
5947 /************************************************************************//**
5948 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5949 * @{
5950 */
5951
5952 /**
5953 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5954 */
5955 $wgSecretKey = false;
5956
5957 /**
5958 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5959 *
5960 * This can have the following formats:
5961 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5962 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5963 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5964 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5965 */
5966 $wgProxyList = [];
5967
5968 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5969
5970 /************************************************************************//**
5971 * @name Cookie settings
5972 * @{
5973 */
5974
5975 /**
5976 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5977 */
5978 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5982 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5983 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5984 * login cookies session-only.
5985 */
5986 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5990 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5991 */
5992 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5993
5994 /**
5995 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5996 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5997 */
5998 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6002 * - true: Set secure flag
6003 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6004 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6005 */
6006 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6007
6008 /**
6009 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6010 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6011 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6012 * check.
6013 */
6014 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6015
6016 /**
6017 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6018 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6019 * name to be used as a prefix.
6020 */
6021 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6022
6023 /**
6024 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6025 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6026 * XSS attack.
6027 */
6028 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6029
6030 /**
6031 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6032 */
6033 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6034
6035 /**
6036 * Override to customise the session name
6037 */
6038 $wgSessionName = false;
6039
6040 /**
6041 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6042 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6043 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6044 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6045 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6046 */
6047 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6048
6049 /**
6050 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6051 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6052 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6053 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6054 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6055 */
6056 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6057
6058 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6059
6060 /************************************************************************//**
6061 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6062 * @{
6063 */
6064
6065 /**
6066 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6067 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6068 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6069 * Please see math/README for more information.
6070 */
6071 $wgUseTeX = false;
6072
6073 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6074
6075 /************************************************************************//**
6076 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6077 *
6078 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6079 *
6080 * @{
6081 */
6082
6083 /**
6084 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6085 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6086 * may contain private data.
6087 */
6088 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Prefix for debug log lines
6092 */
6093 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6094
6095 /**
6096 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6097 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6098 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6099 */
6100 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6101
6102 /**
6103 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6104 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6105 * and gen=js requests.
6106 */
6107 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6108
6109 /**
6110 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6111 *
6112 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6113 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6114 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6115 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6116 */
6117 $wgDebugComments = false;
6118
6119 /**
6120 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6121 *
6122 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6123 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6124 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6125 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6126 */
6127 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6128
6129 /**
6130 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6131 *
6132 * @since 1.26
6133 */
6134 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6135 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6136 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6137 'GET' => [
6138 'masterConns' => 0,
6139 'writes' => 0,
6140 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6141 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6142 ],
6143 // HTTP POST requests.
6144 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6145 'POST' => [
6146 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6147 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6148 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6149 'maxAffected' => 1000
6150 ],
6151 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6152 'writes' => 0,
6153 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6154 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6155 ],
6156 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6157 'PostSend-GET' => [
6158 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6159 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6160 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6161 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6162 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6163 'masterConns' => 0,
6164 'writes' => 0,
6165 ],
6166 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6167 'PostSend-POST' => [
6168 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6169 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6170 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6171 'maxAffected' => 1000
6172 ],
6173 // Background job runner
6174 'JobRunner' => [
6175 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6176 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6177 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6178 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6179 ],
6180 // Command-line scripts
6181 'Maintenance' => [
6182 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6183 'maxAffected' => 1000
6184 ]
6185 ];
6186
6187 /**
6188 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6189 *
6190 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6191 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6192 * in production.
6193 *
6194 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6195 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6196 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6197 * - associative array with keys:
6198 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6199 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6200 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6201 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6202 *
6203 * @par Example:
6204 * @code
6205 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6206 * @endcode
6207 *
6208 * @par Advanced example:
6209 * @code
6210 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6211 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6212 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6213 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6214 * ];
6215 * @endcode
6216 */
6217 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6218
6219 /**
6220 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6221 *
6222 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6223 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6224 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6225 * details.
6226 *
6227 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6228 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6229 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6230 *
6231 * @par To completely disable logging:
6232 * @code
6233 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6234 * @endcode
6235 *
6236 * @since 1.25
6237 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6238 * @see MwLogger
6239 */
6240 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6241 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6242 ];
6243
6244 /**
6245 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6246 *
6247 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6248 */
6249 $wgShowDebug = false;
6250
6251 /**
6252 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6253 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6254 */
6255 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6259 */
6260 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6264 */
6265 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6266
6267 /**
6268 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6269 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6270 * to an attacker.
6271 *
6272 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6273 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6274 */
6275 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6279 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6280 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6281 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6282 */
6283 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6284
6285 /**
6286 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6287 *
6288 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6289 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6290 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6291 * exception handler.
6292 *
6293 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6294 */
6295 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6299 */
6300 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6304 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6305 */
6306 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6310 */
6311 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6315 * Should be a string, default false.
6316 * @since 1.20
6317 */
6318 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6319
6320 /**
6321 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6322 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6323 */
6324 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6328 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6329 * after the limit.
6330 */
6331 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * Profiler configuration.
6335 *
6336 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6337 *
6338 * Example:
6339 *
6340 * @code
6341 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6342 * @endcode
6343 *
6344 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6345 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6346 *
6347 * @code
6348 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6349 * @endcode
6350 *
6351 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6352 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6353 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6354 *
6355 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6356 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6357 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6358 *
6359 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6360 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6361 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6362 *
6363 * @code
6364 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6365 * @endcode
6366 *
6367 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6368 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6369 *
6370 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6371 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6372 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6373 *
6374 * @code
6375 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6376 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6377 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6378 * @endcode
6379 *
6380 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6381 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6382 *
6383 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6384 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6385 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6386 *
6387 * @since 1.17.0
6388 */
6389 $wgProfiler = [];
6390
6391 /**
6392 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6393 *
6394 * @since 1.5.0
6395 */
6396 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6397
6398 /**
6399 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6400 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6401 */
6402 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6403
6404 /**
6405 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6406 *
6407 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6408 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6409 */
6410 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6414 *
6415 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6416 *
6417 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6418 *
6419 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6420 * @since 1.25
6421 */
6422 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6426 *
6427 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6428 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6429 * @since 1.25
6430 */
6431 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6435 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6436 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6437 * @since 1.28
6438 */
6439 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6440 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6441 ];
6442
6443 /**
6444 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6445 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6446 * templates.
6447 */
6448 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6452 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6453 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6454 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6455 */
6456 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6460 * filename is passed to it.
6461 *
6462 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6463 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6464 *
6465 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6466 *
6467 * Use full paths.
6468 *
6469 * @deprecated since 1.30
6470 */
6471 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6475 */
6476 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6480 * @since 1.19
6481 */
6482 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6486 * queries and other useful output.
6487 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6488 *
6489 * @since 1.19
6490 */
6491 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6492
6493 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6494
6495 /************************************************************************//**
6496 * @name Search
6497 * @{
6498 */
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6502 */
6503 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6504
6505 /**
6506 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6507 * by default off due to execution overhead
6508 */
6509 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6513 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6514 */
6515 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6519 *
6520 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6521 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6522 *
6523 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6524 *
6525 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6526 */
6527 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6528
6529 /**
6530 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6531 *
6532 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6533 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6534 *
6535 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6536 */
6537 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6538 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6539 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6540 ];
6541
6542 /**
6543 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6544 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6545 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6546 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6547 */
6548 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6549
6550 /**
6551 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6552 * OpenSearch call.
6553 */
6554 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6555
6556 /**
6557 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6558 */
6559 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6563 */
6564 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6565
6566 /**
6567 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6568 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6569 */
6570 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6571
6572 /**
6573 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6574 *
6575 * @par Example:
6576 * @code
6577 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6578 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6579 * @endcode
6580 */
6581 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6582 NS_MAIN => true,
6583 ];
6584
6585 /**
6586 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6587 * implemented by an extension instead.
6588 */
6589 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6593 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6594 * search term.
6595 *
6596 * @par Example:
6597 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6598 * @code
6599 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6600 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6601 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6602 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6603 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6604 * @endcode
6605 */
6606 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6607
6608 /**
6609 * Search form behavior.
6610 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6611 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6612 */
6613 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6614
6615 /**
6616 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6617 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6618 * generated for all namespaces.
6619 */
6620 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6624 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6625 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6626 *
6627 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6628 * @par Example:
6629 * @code
6630 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6631 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6632 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6633 * ];
6634 * @endcode
6635 */
6636 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6640 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6641 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6642 */
6643 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6644
6645 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6646
6647 /************************************************************************//**
6648 * @name Edit user interface
6649 * @{
6650 */
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6654 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6655 */
6656 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6660 */
6661 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6665 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6666 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6667 */
6668 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6669 NS_CATEGORY => true
6670 ];
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6674 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6675 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6676 */
6677 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6681 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6682 * ting this variable false.
6683 */
6684 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6685
6686 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6687
6688 /************************************************************************//**
6689 * @name Maintenance
6690 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6691 * @{
6692 */
6693
6694 /**
6695 * @cond file_level_code
6696 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6697 */
6698 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6699 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6700 }
6701 /** @endcond */
6702
6703 /**
6704 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6705 */
6706 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6710 * used as an explanation to users.
6711 *
6712 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6713 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6714 * option in MySQL.
6715 */
6716 $wgReadOnly = null;
6717
6718 /**
6719 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6720 * @var bool
6721 * @since 1.31
6722 */
6723 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6724
6725 /**
6726 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6727 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6728 * message.
6729 *
6730 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6731 */
6732 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6736 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6737 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6738 *
6739 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6740 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6741 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6742 */
6743 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6744
6745 /**
6746 * Fully specified path to git binary
6747 */
6748 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6749
6750 /**
6751 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6752 *
6753 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6754 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6755 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6756 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6757 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6758 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6759 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6760 *
6761 * @since 1.20
6762 */
6763 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6764 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6765 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6766 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6767 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6768 ];
6769
6770 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6771
6772 /************************************************************************//**
6773 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6774 * @{
6775 */
6776
6777 /**
6778 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6779 * seconds will go.
6780 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6781 */
6782 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6783
6784 /**
6785 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6786 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6787 * @since 1.26
6788 */
6789 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6790
6791 /**
6792 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6793 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6794 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6795 * @since 1.26
6796 */
6797 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6798
6799 /**
6800 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6801 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6802 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6803 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6804 * is still there.
6805 */
6806 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6810 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6811 */
6812 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6813
6814 /**
6815 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6816 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6817 */
6818 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6819
6820 /**
6821 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6822 *
6823 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6824 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6825 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6826 *
6827 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6828 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6829 * passed to the constructor.
6830 *
6831 * Common options:
6832 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6833 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6834 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6835 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6836 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6837 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6838 *
6839 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6840 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6841 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6842 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6843 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6844 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6845 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6846 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6847 *
6848 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6849 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6850 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6851 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6852 *
6853 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6854 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6855 *
6856 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6857 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6858 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6859 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6860 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6861 * ];
6862 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6863 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6864 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6865 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6866 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6867 * ];
6868 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6869 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6870 * ];
6871 * @since 1.22
6872 */
6873 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6877 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6878 * @since 1.22
6879 */
6880 $wgRCEngines = [
6881 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6882 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6883 ];
6884
6885 /**
6886 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6887 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6888 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6889 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6890 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6891 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6892 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6893 *
6894 * @since 1.27
6895 */
6896 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6900 * New pages and new files are included.
6901 *
6902 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6903 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6904 * Special:Log.
6905 */
6906 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6907
6908 /**
6909 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6910 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6911 * 0 to disable completely.
6912 */
6913 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6914
6915 /**
6916 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6917 *
6918 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6919 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6920 * Special:Log.
6921 */
6922 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6926 *
6927 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6928 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6929 * Special:Log.
6930 *
6931 * @since 1.27
6932 */
6933 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6937 */
6938 $wgFeed = true;
6939
6940 /**
6941 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6942 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6943 */
6944 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6945
6946 /**
6947 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6948 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6949 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6950 *
6951 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6952 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6953 */
6954 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6958 * pages larger than this size.
6959 */
6960 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6961
6962 /**
6963 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6964 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6965 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6966 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6967 * as value.
6968 * @par Example:
6969 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6970 * @code
6971 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6972 * @endcode
6973 */
6974 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Available feeds objects.
6978 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6979 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6980 */
6981 $wgFeedClasses = [
6982 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6983 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6984 ];
6985
6986 /**
6987 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6988 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6989 */
6990 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6991
6992 /**
6993 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6994 */
6995 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6999 */
7000 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7001
7002 /**
7003 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7004 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7005 * highlighted on the RC page.
7006 */
7007 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7008
7009 /**
7010 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7011 * view for watched pages with new changes
7012 */
7013 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7014
7015 /**
7016 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7017 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7018 */
7019 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7023 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7024 */
7025 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7029 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7030 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7031 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7032 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7033 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7034 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7035 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7036 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7037 *
7038 * @var array
7039 * @since 1.31
7040 */
7041 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7042 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7043 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7044 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7045 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7046 'mw-blank' => true,
7047 'mw-replace' => true,
7048 'mw-rollback' => true,
7049 'mw-undo' => true,
7050 ];
7051
7052 /**
7053 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7054 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7055 * watchers.
7056 *
7057 * @since 1.21
7058 */
7059 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7060
7061 /**
7062 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7063 * certain types of edits.
7064 *
7065 * To register a new one:
7066 * @code
7067 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7068 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7069 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7070 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7071 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7072 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7073 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7074 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7075 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7076 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7077 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7078 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7079 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7080 * ];
7081 * @endcode
7082 *
7083 * @since 1.22
7084 */
7085 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7086 'newpage' => [
7087 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7088 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7089 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7090 'grouping' => 'any',
7091 ],
7092 'minor' => [
7093 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7094 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7095 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7096 'class' => 'minoredit',
7097 'grouping' => 'all',
7098 ],
7099 'bot' => [
7100 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7101 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7102 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7103 'class' => 'botedit',
7104 'grouping' => 'all',
7105 ],
7106 'unpatrolled' => [
7107 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7108 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7109 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7110 'grouping' => 'any',
7111 ],
7112 ];
7113
7114 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7115
7116 /************************************************************************//**
7117 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7118 * @{
7119 */
7120
7121 /**
7122 * Override for copyright metadata.
7123 *
7124 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7125 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7126 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7127 */
7128 $wgRightsPage = null;
7129
7130 /**
7131 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7132 * wiki.
7133 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7134 */
7135 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7136
7137 /**
7138 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7139 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7140 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7141 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7142 */
7143 $wgRightsText = null;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Override for copyright metadata.
7147 */
7148 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7149
7150 /**
7151 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7152 */
7153 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7154
7155 /**
7156 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7157 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7158 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7159 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7160 * large wikis.
7161 */
7162 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7163
7164 /**
7165 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7166 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7167 */
7168 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7169
7170 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7171
7172 /************************************************************************//**
7173 * @name Import / Export
7174 * @{
7175 */
7176
7177 /**
7178 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7179 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7180 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7181 *
7182 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7183 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7184 * e.g.
7185 * @code
7186 * $wgImportSources = [
7187 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7188 * 'wikispecies',
7189 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7190 * ];
7191 * @endcode
7192 *
7193 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7194 * the ImportSources hook.
7195 *
7196 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7197 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7198 */
7199 $wgImportSources = [];
7200
7201 /**
7202 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7203 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7204 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7205 *
7206 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7207 */
7208 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7209
7210 /**
7211 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7212 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7213 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7214 */
7215 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7216
7217 /**
7218 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7219 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7220 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7221 */
7222 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7226 */
7227 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7228
7229 /**
7230 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7231 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7232 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7233 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7234 * it's disabled by default for now.
7235 *
7236 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7237 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7238 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7239 */
7240 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7241
7242 /**
7243 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7244 */
7245 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7246
7247 /**
7248 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7249 */
7250 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7251
7252 /**
7253 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7254 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7255 *
7256 * @since 1.27
7257 */
7258 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7259
7260 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7261
7262 /*************************************************************************//**
7263 * @name Extensions
7264 * @{
7265 */
7266
7267 /**
7268 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7269 * initialised
7270 */
7271 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7272
7273 /**
7274 * Extension messages files.
7275 *
7276 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7277 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7278 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7279 * is the most common.
7280 *
7281 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7282 * in the core.
7283 *
7284 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7285 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7286 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7287 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7288 *
7289 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7290 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7291 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7292 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7293 *
7294 * @par Example:
7295 * @code
7296 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7297 * @endcode
7298 */
7299 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Extension messages directories.
7303 *
7304 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7305 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7306 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7307 * message directories.
7308 *
7309 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7310 *
7311 * @par Simple example:
7312 * @code
7313 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7314 * @endcode
7315 *
7316 * @par Complex example:
7317 * @code
7318 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7319 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7320 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7321 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7322 * ]
7323 * @endcode
7324 * @since 1.23
7325 */
7326 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7327
7328 /**
7329 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7330 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7331 * @since 1.22
7332 */
7333 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7334
7335 /**
7336 * Parser output hooks.
7337 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7338 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7339 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7340 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7341 *
7342 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7343 *
7344 * The callback has the form:
7345 * @code
7346 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7347 * @endcode
7348 */
7349 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7350
7351 /**
7352 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7353 */
7354 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7355
7356 /**
7357 * List of valid skin names
7358 *
7359 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7360 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7361 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7362 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7363 */
7364 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7365
7366 /**
7367 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7368 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7369 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7370 * SpecialPage.
7371 */
7372 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7373
7374 /**
7375 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7376 */
7377 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7378
7379 /**
7380 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7381 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7382 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7383 */
7384 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7385
7386 /**
7387 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7388 *
7389 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7390 *
7391 * @code
7392 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7393 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7394 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7395 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7396 * 'author' => [
7397 * 'Foo Barstein',
7398 * ],
7399 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7400 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7401 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7402 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7403 * ];
7404 * @endcode
7405 *
7406 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7407 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7408 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7409 * interpreted as wikitext.
7410 *
7411 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7412 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7413 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7414 *
7415 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7416 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7417 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7418 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7419 *
7420 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7421 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7422 * usually are.)
7423 *
7424 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7425 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7426 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7427 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7428 *
7429 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7430 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7431 *
7432 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7433 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7434 *
7435 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7436 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7437 */
7438 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7439
7440 /**
7441 * Global list of hooks.
7442 *
7443 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7444 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7445 * internally by Hook:run().
7446 *
7447 * The value can be one of:
7448 *
7449 * - A function name:
7450 * @code
7451 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7452 * @endcode
7453 * - A function with some data:
7454 * @code
7455 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7456 * @endcode
7457 * - A an object method:
7458 * @code
7459 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7460 * @endcode
7461 * - A closure:
7462 * @code
7463 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7464 * // Handler code goes here.
7465 * };
7466 * @endcode
7467 *
7468 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7469 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7470 *
7471 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7472 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7473 */
7474 $wgHooks = [];
7475
7476 /**
7477 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7478 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7479 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7480 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7481 * hook for that.
7482 *
7483 * @see MediaWikiServices
7484 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7485 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7486 */
7487 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7488 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7489 ];
7490
7491 /**
7492 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7493 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7494 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7495 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7496 */
7497 $wgJobClasses = [
7498 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7499 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7500 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7501 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7502 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7503 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7504 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7505 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7506 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7507 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7508 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7509 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7510 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7511 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7512 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7513 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7514 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7515 },
7516 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7517 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7518 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7519 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7520 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7521 'null' => NullJob::class,
7522 ];
7523
7524 /**
7525 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7526 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7527 *
7528 * These can be:
7529 * - Very long-running jobs.
7530 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7531 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7532 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7533 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7534 */
7535 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7536
7537 /**
7538 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7539 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7540 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7541 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7542 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7543 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7544 * @var float[]
7545 */
7546 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7547
7548 /**
7549 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7550 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7551 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7552 *
7553 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7554 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7555 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7556 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7557 *
7558 * @var float|bool
7559 * @since 1.26
7560 */
7561 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7562
7563 /**
7564 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7565 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7566 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7567 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7568 */
7569 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7570 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7571 ];
7572
7573 /**
7574 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7575 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7576 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7577 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7578 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7579 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7580 * that limit is hit.
7581 *
7582 * @since 1.29
7583 */
7584 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7585
7586 /**
7587 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7588 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7589 */
7590 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7591 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7592 ];
7593
7594 /**
7595 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7596 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7597 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7598 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7599 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7600 */
7601 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7602 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7603 ];
7604
7605 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7606
7607 /*************************************************************************//**
7608 * @name Categories
7609 * @{
7610 */
7611
7612 /**
7613 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7614 */
7615 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7616
7617 /**
7618 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7619 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7620 */
7621 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7622
7623 /**
7624 * Paging limit for categories
7625 */
7626 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7627
7628 /**
7629 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7630 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7631 *
7632 * Available values are:
7633 *
7634 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7635 *
7636 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7637 *
7638 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7639 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7640 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7641 *
7642 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7643 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7644 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7645 * server.
7646 *
7647 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7648 * the sort keys in the database.
7649 *
7650 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7651 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7652 */
7653 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7654
7655 /** @} */ # End categories }
7656
7657 /*************************************************************************//**
7658 * @name Logging
7659 * @{
7660 */
7661
7662 /**
7663 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7664 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7665 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7666 * log type.
7667 *
7668 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7669 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7670 */
7671 $wgLogTypes = [
7672 '',
7673 'block',
7674 'protect',
7675 'rights',
7676 'delete',
7677 'upload',
7678 'move',
7679 'import',
7680 'patrol',
7681 'merge',
7682 'suppress',
7683 'tag',
7684 'managetags',
7685 'contentmodel',
7686 ];
7687
7688 /**
7689 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7690 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7691 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7692 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7693 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7694 */
7695 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7696 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7697 ];
7698
7699 /**
7700 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7701 *
7702 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7703 *
7704 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7705 *
7706 * @par Example:
7707 * @code
7708 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7709 * @endcode
7710 *
7711 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7712 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7713 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7714 *
7715 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7716 * used for the link text.
7717 */
7718 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7719 'patrol' => true,
7720 'tag' => true,
7721 ];
7722
7723 /**
7724 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7725 * will be listed in the user interface.
7726 *
7727 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7728 *
7729 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7730 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7731 */
7732 $wgLogNames = [
7733 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7734 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7735 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7736 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7737 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7738 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7739 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7740 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7741 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7742 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7743 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7744 ];
7745
7746 /**
7747 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7748 * top of each log type.
7749 *
7750 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7751 *
7752 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7753 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7754 */
7755 $wgLogHeaders = [
7756 '' => 'alllogstext',
7757 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7758 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7759 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7760 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7761 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7762 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7763 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7764 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7765 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7766 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7767 ];
7768
7769 /**
7770 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7771 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7772 *
7773 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7774 */
7775 $wgLogActions = [];
7776
7777 /**
7778 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7779 * not messages.
7780 * @see LogPage::actionText
7781 * @see LogFormatter
7782 */
7783 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7784 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7785 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7786 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7787 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7788 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7789 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7790 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7791 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7792 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7793 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7794 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7795 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7796 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7797 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7798 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7799 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7800 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7801 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7802 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7803 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7804 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7805 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7806 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7807 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7808 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7809 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7810 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7811 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7812 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7813 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7814 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7815 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7816 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7817 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7818 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7819 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7820 ];
7821
7822 /**
7823 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7824 *
7825 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7826 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7827 * Extensions may append to this array
7828 * @since 1.27
7829 */
7830 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7831 'block' => [
7832 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7833 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7834 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7835 ],
7836 'contentmodel' => [
7837 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7838 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7839 ],
7840 'delete' => [
7841 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7842 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7843 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7844 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7845 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7846 ],
7847 'import' => [
7848 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7849 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7850 ],
7851 'managetags' => [
7852 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7853 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7854 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7855 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7856 ],
7857 'move' => [
7858 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7859 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7860 ],
7861 'newusers' => [
7862 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7863 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7864 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7865 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7866 ],
7867 'protect' => [
7868 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7869 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7870 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7871 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7872 ],
7873 'rights' => [
7874 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7875 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7876 ],
7877 'suppress' => [
7878 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7879 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7880 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7881 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7882 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7883 ],
7884 'upload' => [
7885 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7886 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7887 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7888 ],
7889 ];
7890
7891 /**
7892 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7893 */
7894 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7895
7896 /**
7897 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7898 * @since 1.32
7899 */
7900 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7901
7902 /** @} */ # end logging }
7903
7904 /*************************************************************************//**
7905 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7906 * @{
7907 */
7908
7909 /**
7910 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7911 */
7912 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7916 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7917 */
7918 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7919
7920 /**
7921 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7922 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7923 */
7924 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7928 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7929 */
7930 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7931
7932 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7933
7934 /*************************************************************************//**
7935 * @name Actions
7936 * @{
7937 */
7938
7939 /**
7940 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7941 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7942 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7943 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7944 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7945 * instead of the default class.
7946 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7947 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7948 */
7949 $wgActions = [
7950 'credits' => true,
7951 'delete' => true,
7952 'edit' => true,
7953 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7954 'history' => true,
7955 'info' => true,
7956 'markpatrolled' => true,
7957 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7958 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7959 'protect' => true,
7960 'purge' => true,
7961 'raw' => true,
7962 'render' => true,
7963 'revert' => true,
7964 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7965 'rollback' => true,
7966 'submit' => true,
7967 'unprotect' => true,
7968 'unwatch' => true,
7969 'view' => true,
7970 'watch' => true,
7971 ];
7972
7973 /** @} */ # end actions }
7974
7975 /*************************************************************************//**
7976 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7977 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7978 * @{
7979 */
7980
7981 /**
7982 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7983 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7984 * basis.
7985 */
7986 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7990 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7991 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7992 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7993 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7994 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7995 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7996 *
7997 * @par Example:
7998 * @code
7999 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8000 * @endcode
8001 */
8002 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8003
8004 /**
8005 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8006 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8007 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8008 *
8009 * @par Example:
8010 * @code
8011 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8012 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8013 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8014 * ];
8015 * @endcode
8016 *
8017 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8018 * forms:
8019 * @code
8020 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8021 * # Underscore, not space!
8022 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8023 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8024 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8025 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8026 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8027 * ];
8028 * @endcode
8029 */
8030 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8031
8032 /**
8033 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8034 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8035 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8036 *
8037 * @par Example:
8038 * @code
8039 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8040 * @endcode
8041 */
8042 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8043
8044 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8045
8046 /************************************************************************//**
8047 * @name AJAX and API
8048 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8049 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8050 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8051 * @{
8052 */
8053
8054 /**
8055 *
8056 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8057 *
8058 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8059 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8060 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8061 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8062 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8063 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8064 * requiring POST.
8065 *
8066 * @since 1.21
8067 */
8068 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8069
8070 /**
8071 * API module extensions.
8072 *
8073 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8074 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8075 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8076 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8077 *
8078 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8079 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8080 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8081 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8082 * field.
8083 *
8084 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8085 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8086 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8087 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8088 *
8089 * Examples for registering API modules:
8090 *
8091 * @code
8092 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8093 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8094 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8095 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8096 * ];
8097 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8098 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8099 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8100 * ];
8101 * @endcode
8102 *
8103 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8104 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8105 */
8106 $wgAPIModules = [];
8107
8108 /**
8109 * API format module extensions.
8110 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8111 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8112 *
8113 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8114 */
8115 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8116
8117 /**
8118 * API Query meta module extensions.
8119 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8120 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8121 *
8122 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8123 */
8124 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8125
8126 /**
8127 * API Query prop module extensions.
8128 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8129 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8130 *
8131 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8132 */
8133 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8134
8135 /**
8136 * API Query list module extensions.
8137 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8138 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8139 *
8140 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8141 */
8142 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8143
8144 /**
8145 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8146 * The default value is generally fine
8147 */
8148 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8149
8150 /**
8151 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8152 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8153 */
8154 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8158 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8159 */
8160 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8161
8162 /**
8163 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8164 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8165 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8166 */
8167 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8171 * API request logging
8172 */
8173 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8174
8175 /**
8176 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8177 */
8178 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8179
8180 /**
8181 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8182 * API queries.
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8185 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8186 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8187 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8188 ];
8189
8190 /**
8191 * Enable AJAX framework
8192 *
8193 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8194 */
8195 $wgUseAjax = true;
8196
8197 /**
8198 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8199 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8200 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8201 */
8202 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8206 */
8207 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8211 */
8212 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8216 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8217 */
8218 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8222 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8223 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8224 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8225 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8226 *
8227 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8228 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8229 *
8230 * @par Example:
8231 * @code
8232 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8233 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8234 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8235 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8236 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8237 * ];
8238 * @endcode
8239 */
8240 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8244 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8245 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8246 */
8247 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8248
8249 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8250
8251 /************************************************************************//**
8252 * @name Shell and process control
8253 * @{
8254 */
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8258 */
8259 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8263 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8264 */
8265 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8266
8267 /**
8268 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8269 */
8270 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8274 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8275 */
8276 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8280 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8281 *
8282 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8283 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8284 * them segfault or deadlock.
8285 *
8286 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8287 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8288 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8289 *
8290 * @par Example:
8291 * @code
8292 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8293 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8294 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8295 * @endcode
8296 *
8297 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8298 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8299 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8300 */
8301 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8302
8303 /**
8304 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8305 */
8306 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8310 *
8311 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8312 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8313 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8314 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8315 *
8316 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8317 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8318 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8319 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8320 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8321 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8322 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8323 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8324 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8325 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8326 * decimal separator)
8327 *
8328 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8329 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8330 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8331 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8332 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8333 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8334 * displayed to the user.
8335 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8336 * date/time values.
8337 *
8338 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8339 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8340 * wikis.
8341 */
8342 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8343
8344 /**
8345 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8346 *
8347 * Supported options:
8348 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8349 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8350 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8351 *
8352 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8353 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8354 *
8355 * @since 1.31
8356 * @var string|bool
8357 */
8358 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8359
8360 /** @} */ # End shell }
8361
8362 /************************************************************************//**
8363 * @name HTTP client
8364 * @{
8365 */
8366
8367 /**
8368 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8369 * @var int
8370 */
8371 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8372
8373 /**
8374 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8375 * @since 1.29
8376 */
8377 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8381 */
8382 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8383
8384 /**
8385 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8386 */
8387 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8388
8389 /**
8390 * Local virtual hosts.
8391 *
8392 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8393 *
8394 * This affects the following:
8395 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8396 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8397 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8398 * the proxy if it is configured.
8399 *
8400 * @since 1.25
8401 */
8402 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8403
8404 /**
8405 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8406 * Only works for curl
8407 */
8408 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8409
8410 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8411
8412 /************************************************************************//**
8413 * @name Job queue
8414 * @{
8415 */
8416
8417 /**
8418 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8419 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8420 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8421 * be run periodically.
8422 */
8423 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8427 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8428 * execution finishes.
8429 *
8430 * @since 1.23
8431 */
8432 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8433
8434 /**
8435 * Number of rows to update per job
8436 */
8437 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8438
8439 /**
8440 * Number of rows to update per query
8441 */
8442 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8443
8444 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8445
8446 /************************************************************************//**
8447 * @name Miscellaneous
8448 * @{
8449 */
8450
8451 /**
8452 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8453 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8454 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8455 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8456 */
8457 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8458
8459 /**
8460 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8461 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8462 * Supported values:
8463 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8464 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8465 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8466 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8467 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8468 *
8469 * @since 1.30
8470 */
8471 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8472
8473 /**
8474 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8475 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8476 *
8477 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8478 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8479 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8480 */
8481 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8485 * For debugging
8486 */
8487 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8488
8489 /**
8490 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8491 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8492 */
8493 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8494
8495 /**
8496 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8497 */
8498 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8499
8500 /**
8501 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8502 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8503 */
8504 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8505
8506 /**
8507 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8508 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8509 */
8510 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8511
8512 /**
8513 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8514 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8515 *
8516 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8517 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8518 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8519 * parameters.
8520 *
8521 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8522 * @code
8523 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8524 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8525 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8526 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8527 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8528 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8529 * 'redisConfig' => []
8530 * ] ];
8531 * @endcode
8532 *
8533 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8534 * @code
8535 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8536 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8537 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8538 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8539 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8540 * ... any extension-specific options...
8541 * ] ];
8542 * @endcode
8543 */
8544 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8548 */
8549 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8550
8551 /**
8552 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8553 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8554 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8555 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8556 *
8557 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8558 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8559 *
8560 * @since 1.21
8561 */
8562 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8563
8564 /**
8565 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8566 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8567 *
8568 * * 'ignore': return null
8569 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8570 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8571 *
8572 * @since 1.21
8573 */
8574 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8575
8576 /**
8577 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8578 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8579 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8580 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8581 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8582 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8583 *
8584 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8585 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8586 *
8587 * @since 1.21
8588 */
8589 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8590
8591 /**
8592 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8593 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8594 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8595 *
8596 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8597 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8598 *
8599 * @since 1.21
8600 */
8601 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8602 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8603 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8604 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8605 ];
8606
8607 /**
8608 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8609 *
8610 * @since 1.20
8611 */
8612 $wgSiteTypes = [
8613 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8614 ];
8615
8616 /**
8617 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8618 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8619 * @since 1.23
8620 */
8621 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8622
8623 /**
8624 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8625 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8626 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8627 *
8628 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8629 *
8630 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8631 *
8632 * @since 1.24
8633 */
8634 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8635
8636 /**
8637 * Secret for session storage.
8638 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8639 * be used.
8640 * @since 1.27
8641 */
8642 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8643
8644 /**
8645 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8646 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8647 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8648 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8649 * @since 1.27
8650 */
8651 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8652
8653 /**
8654 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8655 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8656 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8657 * be used.
8658 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8659 * @since 1.24
8660 */
8661 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8662
8663 /**
8664 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8665 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8666 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8667 * @since 1.24
8668 */
8669 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8670
8671 /**
8672 * Enable page language feature
8673 * Allows setting page language in database
8674 * @var bool
8675 * @since 1.24
8676 */
8677 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8678
8679 /**
8680 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8681 *
8682 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8683 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8684 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8685 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8686 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8687 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8688 *
8689 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8690 *
8691 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8692 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8693 * 'options' => [
8694 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8695 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8696 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8697 * ]
8698 * ];
8699 *
8700 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8701 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8702 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8703 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8704 *
8705 * Example config for Parsoid:
8706 *
8707 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8708 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8709 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8710 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8711 * ];
8712 *
8713 * @var array
8714 * @since 1.25
8715 */
8716 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8717 'paths' => [],
8718 'modules' => [],
8719 'global' => [
8720 # Timeout in seconds
8721 'timeout' => 360,
8722 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8723 'forwardCookies' => false,
8724 'HTTPProxy' => null
8725 ]
8726 ];
8727
8728 /**
8729 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8730 * these suggestions.
8731 *
8732 * @var bool
8733 * @since 1.26
8734 */
8735 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8736
8737 /**
8738 * Where popular password file is located.
8739 *
8740 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8741 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8742 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8743 *
8744 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8745 * @since 1.27
8746 * @deprecated since 1.33
8747 * @var string path to file
8748 */
8749 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8750
8751 /*
8752 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8753 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8754 *
8755 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8756 * @since 1.27
8757 */
8758 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8759
8760 /*
8761 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8762 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8763 *
8764 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8765 * @since 1.30
8766 */
8767 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8768
8769 /**
8770 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8771 *
8772 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8773 * @since 1.32
8774 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8775 * If an array, can have parameters:
8776 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8777 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8778 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8779 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8780 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8781 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8782 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8783 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8784 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8785 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8786 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8787 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8788 */
8789 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8790
8791 /**
8792 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8793 *
8794 * @since 1.32
8795 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8796 */
8797 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8798
8799 /**
8800 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8801 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8802 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8803 *
8804 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8805 *
8806 * @since 1.32
8807 * @var string[]
8808 */
8809 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8810 'copyright',
8811 'history_copyright',
8812 'googlesearch',
8813 'feedback-terms',
8814 'feedback-termsofuse',
8815 ];
8816
8817 /**
8818 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8819 *
8820 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8821 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8822 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8823 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8824 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8825 *
8826 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8827 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8828 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8829 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8830 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8831 *
8832 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8833 *
8834 * @since 1.27
8835 */
8836 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8837 'default' => [
8838 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8839 ]
8840 ];
8841
8842 /**
8843 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8844 *
8845 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8846 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8847 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8848 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8849 *
8850 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8851 *
8852 * @var bool
8853 * @since 1.28
8854 */
8855 $wgPingback = false;
8856
8857 /**
8858 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8859 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8860 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8861 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8862 *
8863 * @since 1.28
8864 */
8865 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8866 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8867 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8868 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8869 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8870 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8871 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8872 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8873 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8874 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8875 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8876 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8877 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8878 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8879 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8880 'chrome-extension' => true,
8881 ];
8882
8883 /**
8884 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8885 * at Special:Contributions.
8886 *
8887 * @var array
8888 * @since 1.30
8889 */
8890 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8891 'IPv4' => 16,
8892 'IPv6' => 32,
8893 ];
8894
8895 /**
8896 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8897 *
8898 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8899 *
8900 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8901 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8902 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8903 *
8904 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8905 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8906 */
8907 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8908 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8909 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8910 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8911
8912 /**
8913 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8914 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8915 *
8916 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8917 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8918 *
8919 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8920 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8921 *
8922 * @par Example:
8923 * @code
8924 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8925 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8926 *];
8927 * @endcode
8928 */
8929 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8930
8931 /**
8932 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8933 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8934 *
8935 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8936 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8937 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8938 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8939 *
8940 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8941 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8942 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8943 *
8944 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8945 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8946 *
8947 * @since 1.32
8948 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8949 */
8950 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8951
8952 /**
8953 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
8954 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
8955 */
8956 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
8957
8958 /**
8959 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8960 *
8961 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8962 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8963 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8964 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8965 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
8966 *
8967 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
8968 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
8969 *
8970 * @since 1.31
8971 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
8972 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8973 */
8974 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8975
8976 /**
8977 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
8978 * or namespaces.
8979 *
8980 * @since 1.33
8981 * @deprecated 1.33
8982 * @var bool
8983 */
8984 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
8985
8986 /**
8987 * Enable stats monitoring when Block Notices are displayed in different places around core
8988 * and extensions.
8989 *
8990 * @since 1.34
8991 * @deprecated 1.34
8992 * @var bool
8993 */
8994 $wgEnableBlockNoticeStats = false;
8995
8996 /**
8997 * Origin Trials tokens.
8998 *
8999 * @since 1.34
9000 * @var array
9001 */
9002 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9003
9004 /**
9005 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9006 *
9007 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9008 *
9009 * @since 1.34
9010 * @var bool
9011 */
9012 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9013
9014 /**
9015 * Enable Element Timing.
9016 *
9017 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9018 *
9019 * @since 1.34
9020 * @var bool
9021 */
9022 $wgElementTiming = false;
9023
9024 /**
9025 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9026 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9027 * @}
9028 */